SemaDecl.cpp revision 865dd8c8fe65d7743cfbc412316e59e6c149624d
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 21#include "clang/AST/APValue.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 23#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 27#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 28#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 29#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 30#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 31#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 32#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 38// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 39#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 40#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 41#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 42#include <algorithm> 43#include <cstring> 44#include <functional> 45using namespace clang; 46using namespace sema; 47 48Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr) { 49 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 50} 51 52/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 53/// return the declaration of that type. 54/// 55/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 56/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 57/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 58/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 59/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 60/// 61/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 62/// and then return NULL. 63ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 64 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 65 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 66 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 67 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 68 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 69 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 70 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 71 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 72 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 73 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 74 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 75 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 76 77 if (!LookupCtx) { 78 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 79 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 80 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 81 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 82 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 83 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 84 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 85 // 86 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 87 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 88 if (!isClassName) 89 return ParsedType(); 90 91 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 92 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 93 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 94 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 95 96 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 97 QualType T = 98 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 99 II, NameLoc); 100 101 return ParsedType::make(T); 102 } 103 104 return ParsedType(); 105 } 106 107 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 108 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 109 return ParsedType(); 110 } 111 112 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 113 // lookup for class-names. 114 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 115 LookupOrdinaryName; 116 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 117 if (LookupCtx) { 118 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 119 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 120 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 121 // nested-name-specifier. 122 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 123 124 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 125 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 126 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 127 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 128 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 129 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 130 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 131 LookupName(Result, S); 132 } 133 } else { 134 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 135 LookupName(Result, S); 136 } 137 138 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 139 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 140 case LookupResult::NotFound: 141 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 142 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 143 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 144 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 145 return ParsedType(); 146 147 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 148 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 149 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 150 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 151 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 152 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 153 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 154 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 155 return ParsedType(); 156 } 157 158 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 159 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 160 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 161 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 162 if (!IIDecl || 163 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 164 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 165 IIDecl = *Res; 166 } 167 } 168 169 if (!IIDecl) { 170 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 171 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 172 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 173 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 174 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 175 // a type name. 176 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 177 return ParsedType(); 178 } 179 180 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 181 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 182 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 183 // perform the name lookup again. 184 break; 185 186 case LookupResult::Found: 187 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 188 break; 189 } 190 191 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 192 193 QualType T; 194 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 195 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 196 197 if (T.isNull()) 198 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 199 200 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 201 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 202 // Construct a type with type-source information. 203 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 204 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 205 206 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 207 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 208 ElabTL.setKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 209 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 210 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 211 } else { 212 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 213 } 214 } 215 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 216 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 217 if (!HasTrailingDot) 218 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 219 } 220 221 if (T.isNull()) { 222 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 223 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 224 return ParsedType(); 225 } 226 return ParsedType::make(T); 227} 228 229/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 230/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 231/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 232/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 233/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 234DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 235 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 236 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 237 LookupName(R, S, false); 238 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 239 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 240 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 241 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 242 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 243 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 244 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 245 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 246 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 247 } 248 } 249 250 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 251} 252 253/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 254/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 255/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 256/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 257/// @code 258/// template<class T> class A { 259/// public: 260/// typedef int TYPE; 261/// }; 262/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 263/// public: 264/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 265/// }; 266/// @endcode 267bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS) { 268 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 269 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 270 271 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 272 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 273 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 274 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 275 return true; 276 } 277 return false; 278} 279 280bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 281 SourceLocation IILoc, 282 Scope *S, 283 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 284 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 285 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 286 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 287 288 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 289 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 290 LookupResult Lookup(*this, &II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 291 NotForRedeclaration); 292 293 if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Lookup, S, SS, 0, 0, CTC_Type)) { 294 if (NamedDecl *Result = Lookup.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>()) { 295 if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) && 296 !Result->isInvalidDecl()) { 297 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 298 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 299 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 300 << &II << Lookup.getLookupName() 301 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 302 Result->getNameAsString()); 303 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 304 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 305 << &II << DC << Lookup.getLookupName() << SS->getRange() 306 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 307 Result->getNameAsString()); 308 else 309 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 310 311 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 312 << Result->getDeclName(); 313 314 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 315 false, false, ParsedType(), 316 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 317 return true; 318 } 319 } else if (Lookup.empty()) { 320 // We corrected to a keyword. 321 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 322 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 323 << &II << Corrected; 324 return true; 325 } 326 } 327 328 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 329 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 330 UnqualifiedId Name; 331 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 332 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 333 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 334 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 335 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 336 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 337 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 338 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 339 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 340 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 341 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 342 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 343 } 344 return true; 345 } 346 } 347 348 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 349 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 350 351 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 352 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 353 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 354 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 355 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 356 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 357 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 358 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS)) 359 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 360 361 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 362 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 363 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 364 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 365 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get(); 366 } else { 367 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 368 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 369 } 370 371 return true; 372} 373 374/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 375/// or 376static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 377 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 378 NextToken.is(tok::less); 379 380 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 381 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 382 return true; 383 384 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 385 return true; 386 } 387 388 return false; 389} 390 391Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 392 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 393 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 394 SourceLocation NameLoc, 395 const Token &NextToken) { 396 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 397 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 398 399 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 400 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 401 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 402 403 } 404 405 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 406 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 407 408 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 409 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 410 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 411 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 412 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 413 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 414 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 415 return E; 416 417 // Synthesize ivars lazily. 418 if (getLangOptions().ObjCDefaultSynthProperties && 419 getLangOptions().ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 420 if (SynthesizeProvisionalIvar(Result, Name, NameLoc)) { 421 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = 422 canSynthesizeProvisionalIvar(Name)) { 423 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_synthesized_ivar_access) << Name; 424 Diag(Property->getLocation(), diag::note_property_declare); 425 } 426 427 // FIXME: This is strange. Shouldn't we just take the ivar returned 428 // from SynthesizeProvisionalIvar and continue with that? 429 E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 430 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 431 return E; 432 } 433 } 434 } 435 436 bool SecondTry = false; 437 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 438 439Corrected: 440 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 441 case LookupResult::NotFound: 442 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 443 // call. 444 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 445 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 446 // FIXME: Reference? 447 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 448 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 449 450 // C90 6.3.2.2: 451 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 452 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 453 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 454 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 455 // the function call, the declaration 456 // 457 // extern int identifier (); 458 // 459 // appeared. 460 // 461 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 462 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 463 Result.addDecl(D); 464 Result.resolveKind(); 465 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 466 } 467 } 468 469 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 470 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 471 // "struct", or "union". 472 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry) { 473 Result.clear(LookupTagName); 474 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 475 if (TagDecl *Tag = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 476 const char *TagName = 0; 477 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 478 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 479 case TTK_Class: 480 TagName = "class"; 481 FixItTagName = "class "; 482 break; 483 484 case TTK_Enum: 485 TagName = "enum"; 486 FixItTagName = "enum "; 487 break; 488 489 case TTK_Struct: 490 TagName = "struct"; 491 FixItTagName = "struct "; 492 break; 493 494 case TTK_Union: 495 TagName = "union"; 496 FixItTagName = "union "; 497 break; 498 } 499 500 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 501 << Name << TagName << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus 502 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 503 break; 504 } 505 506 Result.clear(LookupOrdinaryName); 507 } 508 509 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 510 // close to this name. 511 if (!SecondTry) { 512 if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result, S, &SS)) { 513 if (SS.isEmpty()) 514 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest) 515 << Name << Corrected 516 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, Corrected.getAsString()); 517 else 518 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member_suggest) 519 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << Corrected 520 << SS.getRange() 521 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, Corrected.getAsString()); 522 523 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 524 Name = Corrected.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 525 526 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 527 if (Result.empty()) 528 return Corrected.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 529 530 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = *Result.begin(); 531 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 532 << FirstDecl->getDeclName(); 533 534 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 535 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 536 // reference the ivar. 537 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 538 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 539 Result.clear(); 540 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 541 return move(E); 542 } 543 544 goto Corrected; 545 } 546 } 547 548 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 549 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 550 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 551 552 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 553 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 554 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 555 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 556 557 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 558 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 559 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 560 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 561 // qualified by the keyword typename. 562 // 563 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 564 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 565 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 566 // keyword here. 567 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 568 569 case LookupResult::Found: 570 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 571 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 572 break; 573 574 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 575 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less)) { 576 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 577 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 578 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 579 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 580 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 581 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 582 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 583 // ambiguous. 584 // 585 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 586 // so try again after filtering out template names. 587 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 588 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 589 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 590 break; 591 } 592 } 593 594 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 595 return NameClassification::Error(); 596 } 597 598 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 599 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 600 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 601 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 602 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 603 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 604 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 605 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 606 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 607 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 608 609 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 610 TemplateName Template; 611 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 612 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 613 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 614 Result.end()); 615 } else { 616 TemplateDecl *TD = cast<TemplateDecl>(Result.getFoundDecl()); 617 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 618 619 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 620 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 621 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 622 TD); 623 else 624 Template = TemplateName(TD); 625 } 626 627 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 628 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 629 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 630 // to based on which function we selected. 631 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 632 633 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 634 } 635 636 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 637 } 638 639 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = *Result.begin(); 640 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 641 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 642 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 643 return ParsedType::make(T); 644 } 645 646 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 647 if (!Class) { 648 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 649 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 650 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 651 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 652 } 653 654 if (Class) { 655 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 656 657 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 658 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 659 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 660 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 661 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 662 } 663 664 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 665 return ParsedType::make(T); 666 } 667 668 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 669 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 670} 671 672// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 673// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 674// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 675DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 676 677 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 678 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 679 // the context we'll need to return to. 680 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 681 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 682 683 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 684 // lexical context. 685 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 686 return DC; 687 688 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 689 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 690 // class is the context we need to return to. 691 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 692 DC = RD; 693 694 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 695 // declared in. 696 return DC; 697 } 698 699 // ObjCMethodDecls are parsed (for some reason) outside the context 700 // of the class. 701 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) 702 return DC->getLexicalParent()->getLexicalParent(); 703 704 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 705} 706 707void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 708 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 709 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 710 CurContext = DC; 711 S->setEntity(DC); 712} 713 714void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 715 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 716 717 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 718 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 719} 720 721/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 722/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 723/// 724void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 725 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 726 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 727 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 728 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 729 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 730 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 731 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 732 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 733 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 734 // namespace. 735 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 736 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 737 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 738 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 739 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 740 741 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 742 743#ifndef NDEBUG 744 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 745 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 746 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 747#endif 748 749 CurContext = DC; 750 S->setEntity(DC); 751} 752 753void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 754 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 755 756 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 757 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 758 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 759 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 760 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 761 762 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 763 // disappear. 764} 765 766/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 767/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 768/// 769/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 770/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 771/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 772/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 773/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 774/// attribute. 775static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 776 ASTContext &Context) { 777 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 778 return true; 779 780 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 781 return true; 782 783 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 784 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 785} 786 787/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 788void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 789 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 790 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 791 // scope. 792 while (S->getEntity() && 793 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 794 S = S->getParent(); 795 796 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 797 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 798 // into any context. 799 if (AddToContext) 800 CurContext->addDecl(D); 801 802 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 803 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 804 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 805 D->isOutOfLine()) 806 return; 807 808 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 809 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 810 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 811 return; 812 813 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 814 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 815 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 816 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 817 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 818 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 819 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 820 821 // Should only need to replace one decl. 822 break; 823 } 824 } 825 826 S->AddDecl(D); 827 828 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 829 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 830 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 831 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 832 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 833 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 834 if (IDC == CurContext) { 835 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 836 continue; 837 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 838 break; 839 } 840 841 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 842 } else { 843 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 844 } 845} 846 847bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 848 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 849 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S, 850 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 851} 852 853Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 854 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 855 do { 856 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 857 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 858 return S; 859 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 860 861 return 0; 862} 863 864static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 865 DeclContext*, 866 ASTContext&); 867 868/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 869/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 870static void FilterLookupForScope(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R, 871 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 872 bool ConsiderLinkage, 873 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 874 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 875 while (F.hasNext()) { 876 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 877 878 if (SemaRef.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 879 continue; 880 881 if (ConsiderLinkage && 882 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, SemaRef.Context)) 883 continue; 884 885 F.erase(); 886 } 887 888 F.done(); 889} 890 891static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 892 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 893 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 894 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 895} 896 897/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 898static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 899 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 900 while (F.hasNext()) 901 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 902 F.erase(); 903 904 F.done(); 905} 906 907/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 908/// @code 909/// class S { 910/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 911/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 912/// }; 913/// @endcode 914static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 915 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 916 // the decl here. 917 if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 918 return false; 919 920 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 921 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 922 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 923 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 924 return false; 925} 926 927bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 928 assert(D); 929 930 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 931 return false; 932 933 // Ignore class templates. 934 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 935 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 936 return false; 937 938 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 939 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 940 return false; 941 942 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 943 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 944 return false; 945 } else { 946 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 947 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 948 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 949 return false; 950 } 951 952 if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 953 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 954 return false; 955 956 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 957 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 958 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 959 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 960 return false; 961 962 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 963 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 964 return false; 965 966 } else { 967 return false; 968 } 969 970 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 971 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 972 return false; 973 974 return true; 975} 976 977void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 978 if (!D) 979 return; 980 981 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 982 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 983 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 984 return; // First should already be in the vector. 985 } 986 987 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 988 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 989 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 990 return; // First should already be in the vector. 991 } 992 993 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 994 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 995 } 996 997static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 998 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 999 return false; 1000 1001 if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1002 return false; 1003 1004 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1005 return true; 1006 1007 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1008 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1009 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1010 return false; 1011 1012 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1013 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1014 1015 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1016 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1017 1018 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1019 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 1020 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1021 return false; 1022 } 1023 1024 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1025 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1026 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1027 return false; 1028 1029 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1030 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1031 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1032 return false; 1033 1034 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1035 // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor 1036 // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer 1037 // has no side effects. 1038 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1039 return false; 1040 } 1041 } 1042 1043 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1044 } 1045 1046 return true; 1047} 1048 1049/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1050/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1051void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1052 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1053 return; 1054 1055 unsigned DiagID; 1056 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1057 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1058 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1059 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1060 else 1061 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1062 1063 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName(); 1064} 1065 1066static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1067 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1068 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1069 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1070 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1071 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1072} 1073 1074void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1075 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1076 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1077 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1078 1079 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1080 I != E; ++I) { 1081 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1082 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1083 1084 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1085 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1086 1087 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1088 1089 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1090 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1091 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1092 1093 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1094 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1095 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1096 1097 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1098 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1099 } 1100} 1101 1102/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1103/// 1104/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1105/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1106/// to the fixed name. 1107/// 1108/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1109/// 1110/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1111/// if there is no class with the given name. 1112/// 1113/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1114/// class could not be found. 1115ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1116 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1117 bool TypoCorrection) { 1118 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1119 // creation from this context. 1120 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1121 1122 if (!IDecl && TypoCorrection) { 1123 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1124 // find an Objective-C class name. 1125 LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1126 if (CorrectTypo(R, TUScope, 0, 0, false, CTC_NoKeywords) && 1127 (IDecl = R.getAsSingle<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) { 1128 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1129 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1130 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1131 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1132 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1133 1134 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1135 } 1136 } 1137 1138 return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1139} 1140 1141/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1142/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1143/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1144/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1145/// ill-formed in C++: 1146/// @code 1147/// struct S6 { 1148/// enum { BAR } e; 1149/// }; 1150/// 1151/// void test_S6() { 1152/// struct S6 a; 1153/// a.e = BAR; 1154/// } 1155/// @endcode 1156/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1157/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1158/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1159/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1160/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1161/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1162/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1163/// contain non-field names. 1164Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1165 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1166 (S->getEntity() && 1167 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1168 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 1169 S = S->getParent(); 1170 return S; 1171} 1172 1173/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1174/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1175/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1176/// built-in. 1177NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1178 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1179 SourceLocation Loc) { 1180 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1181 1182 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1183 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1184 switch (Error) { 1185 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1186 // Okay 1187 break; 1188 1189 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1190 if (ForRedeclaration) 1191 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1192 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1193 return 0; 1194 1195 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1196 if (ForRedeclaration) 1197 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1198 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1199 return 0; 1200 } 1201 1202 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1203 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1204 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1205 << R; 1206 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1207 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1208 != Diagnostic::Ignored) 1209 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1210 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1211 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1212 } 1213 1214 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1215 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1216 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1217 SC_Extern, 1218 SC_None, false, 1219 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1220 New->setImplicit(); 1221 1222 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1223 // FunctionDecl. 1224 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1225 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1226 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 1227 Params.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1228 SourceLocation(), 0, 1229 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1230 SC_None, SC_None, 0)); 1231 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1232 } 1233 1234 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1235 1236 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1237 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1238 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1239 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1240 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1241 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1242 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1243 CurContext = SavedContext; 1244 return New; 1245} 1246 1247/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1248/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1249/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1250/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1251/// 1252void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1253 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1254 // merging checks. 1255 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1256 1257 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1258 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1259 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 1260 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1261 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1262 default: break; 1263 case 2: 1264 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1265 break; 1266 Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1267 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1268 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1269 return; 1270 case 5: 1271 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1272 break; 1273 Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1274 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1275 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1276 return; 1277 case 3: 1278 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1279 break; 1280 Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1281 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1282 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1283 return; 1284 case 8: 1285 if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol")) 1286 break; 1287 Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1288 return; 1289 } 1290 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1291 } 1292 1293 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1294 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1295 if (!Old) { 1296 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1297 << New->getDeclName(); 1298 1299 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1300 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1301 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1302 1303 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1304 } 1305 1306 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1307 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1308 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1309 1310 // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. 1311 QualType OldType; 1312 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1313 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1314 else 1315 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1316 1317 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1318 // with any extensions enabled. 1319 1320 if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && 1321 Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != 1322 Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { 1323 int Kind = 0; 1324 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old)) 1325 Kind = 1; 1326 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1327 << Kind << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; 1328 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1329 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1330 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1331 } 1332 1333 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1334 // declaration was a typedef. 1335 // FIXME: this is a potential source of wierdness if the type 1336 // spellings don't match exactly. 1337 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1338 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1339 1340 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 1341 return; 1342 1343 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1344 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1345 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1346 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1347 // to the type to which it already refers. 1348 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1349 return; 1350 1351 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1352 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1353 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1354 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1355 // 1356 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1357 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1358 // 1359 // struct S { 1360 // typedef struct A { } A; 1361 // }; 1362 // 1363 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1364 // allow the above but disallow 1365 // 1366 // struct S { 1367 // typedef int I; 1368 // typedef int I; 1369 // }; 1370 // 1371 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1372 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1373 return; 1374 1375 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1376 << New->getDeclName(); 1377 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1378 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1379 } 1380 1381 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1382 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1383 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1384 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1385 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1386 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1387 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1388 return; 1389 1390 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1391 << New->getDeclName(); 1392 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1393 return; 1394} 1395 1396/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1397/// attribute. 1398static bool 1399DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1400 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1401 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1402 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1403 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1404 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1405 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1406 return true; 1407 } 1408 1409 return false; 1410} 1411 1412/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1413static void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *newDecl, const Decl *oldDecl, 1414 ASTContext &C) { 1415 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1416 return; 1417 1418 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1419 1420 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1421 // we process them. 1422 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1423 1424 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1425 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1426 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1427 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1428 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1429 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1430 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1431 foundAny = true; 1432 } 1433 } 1434 1435 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1436} 1437 1438/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1439/// to the new one. 1440static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1441 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1442 ASTContext &C) { 1443 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1444 return; 1445 1446 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1447 1448 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1449 // done before we process them. 1450 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1451 1452 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1453 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1454 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1455 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1456 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1457 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1458 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1459 foundAny = true; 1460 } 1461 } 1462 1463 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1464} 1465 1466namespace { 1467 1468/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1469/// C. 1470struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1471 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1472 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1473 QualType PromotedType; 1474}; 1475 1476} 1477 1478/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1479Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1480 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1481 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1482 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1483 1484 return Sema::CXXConstructor; 1485 } 1486 1487 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) 1488 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1489 1490 assert(MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator() && 1491 "Must have copy assignment operator"); 1492 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1493} 1494 1495/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1496/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1497/// GNU89 mode. 1498static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1499 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1500 return (LangOpts.GNUMode && !LangOpts.C99 && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1501 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1502 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1503} 1504 1505/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1506/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1507/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1508/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1509/// 1510/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1511/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1512/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1513/// merged with. 1514/// 1515/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1516bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1517 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1518 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1519 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1520 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1521 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1522 else 1523 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1524 if (!Old) { 1525 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1526 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1527 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1528 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1529 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1530 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1531 return true; 1532 } 1533 1534 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1535 << New->getDeclName(); 1536 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1537 return true; 1538 } 1539 1540 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1541 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1542 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1543 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1544 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1545 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1546 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1547 else 1548 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1549 1550 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1551 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1552 1553 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1554 // is an extern inline function. 1555 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1556 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1557 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1558 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1559 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 1560 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 1561 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1562 } else { 1563 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 1564 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1565 return true; 1566 } 1567 } 1568 1569 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1570 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1571 // calling convention of the first. 1572 // 1573 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1574 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1575 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1576 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1577 // because it is the default calling convention. 1578 // 1579 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1580 // other tests to run. 1581 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 1582 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1583 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1584 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1585 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 1586 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1587 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1588 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1589 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1590 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1591 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1592 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1593 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1594 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1595 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1596 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1597 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1598 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1599 return true; 1600 } 1601 1602 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1603 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1604 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 1605 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1606 } 1607 1608 // Merge regparm attribute. 1609 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 1610 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1611 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 1612 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1613 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1614 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1615 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1616 return true; 1617 } 1618 1619 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 1620 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1621 } 1622 1623 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 1624 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 1625 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 1626 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1627 } 1628 1629 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1630 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1631 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1632 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1633 // cannot be overloaded. 1634 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 1635 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 1636 QualType ResQT; 1637 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1638 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1639 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1640 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1641 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1642 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 1643 Diag(New->getLocation(), 1644 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 1645 else 1646 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1647 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1648 return true; 1649 } 1650 else 1651 NewQType = ResQT; 1652 } 1653 1654 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1655 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1656 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1657 // Preserve triviality. 1658 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1659 1660 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1661 1662 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 1663 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1664 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1665 // is a static member function declaration. 1666 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1667 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1668 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1669 return true; 1670 } 1671 1672 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1673 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1674 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1675 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1676 unsigned NewDiag; 1677 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1678 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1679 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1680 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1681 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1682 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1683 else 1684 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1685 1686 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1687 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1688 1689 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1690 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1691 // 1692 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1693 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1694 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1695 if (isFriend) { 1696 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1697 } else { 1698 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1699 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1700 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1701 return true; 1702 } 1703 } 1704 } 1705 1706 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1707 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1708 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1709 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 1710 1711 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 1712 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 1713 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1714 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 1715 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 1716 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 1717 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 1718 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 1719 } 1720 1721 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 1722 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1723 1724 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1725 } 1726 1727 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1728 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1729 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1730 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1731 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1732 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1733 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1734 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1735 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1736 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1737 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1738 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1739 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1740 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1741 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1742 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1743 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 1744 New->setType(NewQType); 1745 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1746 1747 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1748 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1749 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1750 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1751 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1752 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1753 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1754 SourceLocation(), 1755 SourceLocation(), 0, 1756 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1757 SC_None, SC_None, 1758 0); 1759 Param->setImplicit(); 1760 Params.push_back(Param); 1761 } 1762 1763 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1764 } 1765 1766 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1767 } 1768 1769 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1770 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1771 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1772 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1773 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1774 // the prototype. 1775 // 1776 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 1777 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 1778 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 1779 // C99 6.9.1p8. 1780 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1781 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 1782 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 1783 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 1784 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 1785 llvm::SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 1786 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 1787 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1788 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 1789 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1790 1791 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 1792 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 1793 NewProto->getResultType()); 1794 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 1795 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 1796 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 1797 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 1798 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 1799 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1800 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 1801 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1802 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1803 NewParm->getType(), 1804 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 1805 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 1806 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 1807 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 1808 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1809 } else 1810 LooseCompatible = false; 1811 } 1812 1813 if (LooseCompatible) { 1814 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 1815 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 1816 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 1817 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 1818 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 1819 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 1820 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 1821 diag::note_previous_declaration); 1822 } 1823 1824 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 1825 ArgTypes.size(), 1826 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 1827 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1828 } 1829 1830 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 1831 } 1832 1833 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 1834 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 1835 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 1836 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 1837 // signature. 1838 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 1839 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 1840 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 1841 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 1842 // library built-in. 1843 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 1844 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 1845 << Old << Old->getType(); 1846 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 1847 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 1848 return false; 1849 } 1850 1851 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 1852 } 1853 1854 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 1855 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1856 return true; 1857} 1858 1859/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 1860/// known to be compatible. 1861/// 1862/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 1863/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 1864/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 1865/// redeclaration of Old. 1866/// 1867/// \returns false 1868bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 1869 // Merge the attributes 1870 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1871 1872 // Merge the storage class. 1873 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 1874 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 1875 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1876 1877 // Merge "pure" flag. 1878 if (Old->isPure()) 1879 New->setPure(); 1880 1881 // Merge the "deleted" flag. 1882 if (Old->isDeleted()) 1883 New->setDeleted(); 1884 1885 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 1886 // declarations. 1887 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 1888 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 1889 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 1890 Context); 1891 1892 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1893 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 1894 1895 return false; 1896} 1897 1898void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 1899 const ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 1900 // Merge the attributes. 1901 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, Context); 1902 1903 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 1904 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 1905 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 1906 ni != ne; ++ni, ++oi) 1907 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 1908} 1909 1910/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 1911/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 1912/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1913/// 1914/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 1915/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl and AddCXXDirectInitializerToDecl. We can't 1916/// check them before the initializer is attached. 1917/// 1918void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 1919 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1920 return; 1921 1922 QualType MergedT; 1923 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1924 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 1925 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 1926 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 1927 return; 1928 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 1929 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 1930 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 1931 } 1932 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 1933 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 1934 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 1935 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 1936 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 1937 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 1938 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 1939 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1940 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1941 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1942 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1943 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1944 MergedT = New->getType(); 1945 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 1946 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 1947 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1948 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1949 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1950 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1951 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1952 MergedT = Old->getType(); 1953 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1954 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 1955 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 1956 Old->getType()); 1957 } 1958 } else { 1959 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1960 } 1961 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 1962 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 1963 << New->getDeclName(); 1964 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1965 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1966 } 1967 New->setType(MergedT); 1968} 1969 1970/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 1971/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 1972/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1973/// 1974/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 1975/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 1976/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 1977/// 1978void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 1979 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 1980 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 1981 return; 1982 1983 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 1984 VarDecl *Old = 0; 1985 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 1986 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 1987 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1988 << New->getDeclName(); 1989 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 1990 diag::note_previous_definition); 1991 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1992 } 1993 1994 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1995 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 1996 // 1997 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 1998 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 1999 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2000 << New->getIdentifier(); 2001 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2002 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2003 } 2004 2005 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 2006 2007 // Merge the types. 2008 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2009 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2010 return; 2011 2012 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2013 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2014 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2015 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2016 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2017 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2018 } 2019 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2020 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2021 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2022 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2023 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2024 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2025 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2026 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2027 // identifier has external linkage. 2028 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2029 /* Okay */; 2030 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2031 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2032 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2033 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2034 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2035 } 2036 2037 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2038 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2039 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2040 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2041 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2042 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2043 } 2044 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2045 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2046 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2047 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2048 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2049 } 2050 2051 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2052 2053 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2054 // need to check for mismatches. 2055 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2056 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2057 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2058 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2059 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2060 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2061 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2062 } 2063 2064 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2065 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2066 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2067 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2068 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2069 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2070 } 2071 2072 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2073 const VarDecl *Def; 2074 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2075 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2076 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2077 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2078 << New->getDeclName(); 2079 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2080 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2081 return; 2082 } 2083 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2084 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2085 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2086 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2087 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2088 // specified at the prior declaration. 2089 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2090 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2091 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 2092 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 2093 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2094 2095 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2096 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2097 2098 // Inherit access appropriately. 2099 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2100} 2101 2102/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2103/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2104Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2105 DeclSpec &DS) { 2106 Decl *TagD = 0; 2107 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2108 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2109 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2110 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2111 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2112 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2113 2114 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2115 return 0; 2116 2117 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2118 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2119 // it's a Type. 2120 Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2121 } 2122 2123 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2124 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2125 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2126 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2127 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2128 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2129 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2130 } 2131 2132 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2133 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2134 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2135 if (TagD && !Tag) 2136 return 0; 2137 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 2138 } 2139 2140 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2141 // declarators. 2142 bool emittedWarning = false; 2143 2144 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2145 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes().getList()); 2146 2147 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && 2148 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2149 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 2150 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2151 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2152 2153 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2154 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2155 emittedWarning = true; 2156 } 2157 } 2158 2159 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2160 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2161 CurContext->isRecord() && 2162 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2163 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2164 // struct STRUCT; 2165 // and 2166 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2167 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2168 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isDefinition()) || 2169 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2170 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2171 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2172 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2173 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2174 } 2175 } 2176 2177 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2178 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2179 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2180 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2181 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2182 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2183 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2184 emittedWarning = true; 2185 } 2186 2187 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2188 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2189 2190 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2191 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2192 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2193 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2194 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2195 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2196 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2197 return Tag; 2198 } 2199 2200 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2201 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2202 emittedWarning = true; 2203 } 2204 2205 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2206 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2207 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2208 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2209 return TagD; 2210 2211 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2212 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2213 // useless. 2214 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2215 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2216 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2217 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2218 2219 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2220 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2221 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2222 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2223 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2224 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2225 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2226 // Restrict is covered above. 2227 } 2228 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2229 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2230 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2231 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2232 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2233 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2234 2235 // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes 2236 2237 return TagD; 2238} 2239 2240/// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec. 2241/// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated. 2242StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) { 2243 StmtResult R; 2244 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) { 2245 Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2246 QualType Ty = Exp->getType(); 2247 if (Ty->isPointerType()) { 2248 do 2249 Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2250 while (Ty->isPointerType()); 2251 } 2252 if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { 2253 R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp)); 2254 } 2255 } 2256 return R; 2257} 2258 2259/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2260/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2261/// 2262/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2263static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2264 Scope *S, 2265 DeclContext *Owner, 2266 DeclarationName Name, 2267 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2268 unsigned diagnostic) { 2269 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2270 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2271 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 2272 2273 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2274 return false; 2275 2276 // Pick a representative declaration. 2277 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2278 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 2279 2280 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 2281 return false; 2282 2283 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 2284 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2285 2286 return true; 2287} 2288 2289/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 2290/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 2291/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 2292/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 2293/// struct, e.g., 2294/// 2295/// @code 2296/// union { 2297/// int i; 2298/// float f; 2299/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2300/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2301/// @endcode 2302/// 2303/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2304/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2305static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2306 DeclContext *Owner, 2307 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2308 AccessSpecifier AS, 2309 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2310 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2311 unsigned diagKind 2312 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2313 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2314 2315 bool Invalid = false; 2316 2317 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2318 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2319 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2320 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2321 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2322 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2323 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2324 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2325 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2326 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2327 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2328 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2329 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2330 Invalid = true; 2331 } else { 2332 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2333 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2334 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2335 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2336 // anonymous union is declared. 2337 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2338 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2339 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2340 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2341 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2342 else 2343 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2344 2345 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2346 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2347 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2348 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2349 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2350 2351 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2352 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2353 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 2354 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 2355 2356 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2357 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 2358 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 2359 2360 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 2361 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2362 2363 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 2364 } 2365 } 2366 } 2367 2368 return Invalid; 2369} 2370 2371/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2372/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2373/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2374static StorageClass 2375StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2376 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2377 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2378 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2379 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2380 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 2381 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 2382 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2383 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2384 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2385 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2386 } 2387 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2388} 2389 2390/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2391/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2392/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2393static StorageClass 2394StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2395 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2396 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2397 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2398 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2399 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2400 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2401 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 2402 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2403 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 2404 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2405 } 2406 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2407} 2408 2409/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 2410/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 2411/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures 2412/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. 2413Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2414 AccessSpecifier AS, 2415 RecordDecl *Record) { 2416 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 2417 2418 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 2419 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2420 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 2421 else if (!Record->isUnion()) 2422 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); 2423 2424 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 2425 // structs/unions. 2426 bool Invalid = false; 2427 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2428 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 2429 unsigned DiagID; 2430 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2431 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 2432 // global namespace shall be declared static. 2433 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 2434 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 2435 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 2436 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 2437 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); 2438 Invalid = true; 2439 2440 // Recover by adding 'static'. 2441 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 2442 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2443 } 2444 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2445 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 2446 // anonymous union in a class scope. 2447 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 2448 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2449 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2450 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); 2451 Invalid = true; 2452 2453 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 2454 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), 2455 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2456 } 2457 2458 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2459 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 2460 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 2461 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 2462 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 2463 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 2464 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 2465 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 2466 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2467 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 2468 // members (clause 11). 2469 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 2470 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 2471 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 2472 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 2473 Invalid = true; 2474 } 2475 2476 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 2477 Invalid = true; 2478 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 2479 // Any implicit members are fine. 2480 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 2481 // This is a type that showed up in an 2482 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 2483 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 2484 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 2485 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 2486 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 2487 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 2488 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2489 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 2490 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2491 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2492 else { 2493 // This is a nested type declaration. 2494 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2495 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2496 Invalid = true; 2497 } 2498 } 2499 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 2500 // Any access specifier is fine. 2501 } else { 2502 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 2503 // member. Complain about it. 2504 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 2505 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 2506 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 2507 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 2508 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 2509 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 2510 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 2511 2512 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2513 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 2514 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2515 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2516 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2517 else { 2518 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 2519 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2520 Invalid = true; 2521 } 2522 } 2523 } 2524 } 2525 2526 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 2527 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 2528 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 2529 Invalid = true; 2530 } 2531 2532 // Mock up a declarator. 2533 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2534 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2535 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 2536 2537 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 2538 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 2539 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2540 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 2541 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2542 Record->getLocation(), 2543 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2544 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2545 TInfo, 2546 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2547 Anon->setAccess(AS); 2548 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2549 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 2550 } else { 2551 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 2552 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2553 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2554 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2555 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2556 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2557 // an error here 2558 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2559 Invalid = true; 2560 SC = SC_None; 2561 } 2562 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2563 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2564 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2565 2566 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 2567 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2568 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2569 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2570 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2571 } 2572 Anon->setImplicit(); 2573 2574 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 2575 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 2576 // its members. 2577 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 2578 2579 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 2580 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2581 // purposes. 2582 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2583 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2584 2585 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 2586 Chain, false)) 2587 Invalid = true; 2588 2589 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2590 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2591 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2592 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2593 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2594 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2595 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2596 2597 if (Invalid) 2598 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2599 2600 return Anon; 2601} 2602 2603/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 2604/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 2605/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 2606/// Example: 2607/// 2608/// struct A { int a; }; 2609/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 2610/// 2611/// void foo() { 2612/// B var; 2613/// var.a = 3; 2614/// } 2615/// 2616Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2617 RecordDecl *Record) { 2618 2619 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 2620 if (!Record) 2621 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 2622 2623 // Mock up a declarator. 2624 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2625 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2626 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 2627 2628 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 2629 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 2630 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 2631 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2632 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2633 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2634 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2635 TInfo, 2636 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2637 Anon->setImplicit(); 2638 2639 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 2640 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 2641 2642 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 2643 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2644 // purposes. 2645 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2646 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2647 2648 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 2649 Record->getDefinition(), 2650 AS_none, Chain, true)) 2651 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2652 2653 return Anon; 2654} 2655 2656/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 2657/// given Declarator. 2658DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 2659 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 2660} 2661 2662/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 2663DeclarationNameInfo 2664Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 2665 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 2666 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2667 2668 switch (Name.getKind()) { 2669 2670 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 2671 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 2672 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2673 return NameInfo; 2674 2675 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 2676 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2677 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2678 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2679 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2680 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2681 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2682 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2683 return NameInfo; 2684 2685 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2686 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2687 Name.Identifier)); 2688 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2689 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 2690 return NameInfo; 2691 2692 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 2693 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2694 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 2695 if (Ty.isNull()) 2696 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2697 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 2698 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2699 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2700 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2701 return NameInfo; 2702 } 2703 2704 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 2705 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2706 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 2707 if (Ty.isNull()) 2708 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2709 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2710 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2711 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2712 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2713 return NameInfo; 2714 } 2715 2716 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 2717 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 2718 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 2719 // to find the actual type being constructed. 2720 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 2721 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 2722 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2723 2724 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 2725 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 2726 2727 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 2728 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 2729 // was qualified. 2730 2731 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2732 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 2733 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2734 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 2735 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 2736 return NameInfo; 2737 } 2738 2739 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 2740 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2741 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 2742 if (Ty.isNull()) 2743 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2744 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 2745 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2746 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2747 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2748 return NameInfo; 2749 } 2750 2751 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 2752 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 2753 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 2754 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 2755 } 2756 2757 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 2758 2759 assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); 2760 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2761} 2762 2763/// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions 2764/// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic 2765/// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line 2766/// function definition doesn't match any declaration within 2767/// the class or namespace. 2768static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, 2769 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 2770 FunctionDecl *Definition) { 2771 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 2772 return false; 2773 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 2774 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2775 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2776 2777 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType(), 2778 DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType())) 2779 return false; 2780 } 2781 2782 return true; 2783} 2784 2785/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 2786/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 2787/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 2788/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 2789/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 2790static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 2791 DeclarationName Name) { 2792 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 2793 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 2794 // - types which will become injected class names 2795 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 2796 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 2797 // few cases here. 2798 2799 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 2800 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 2801 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 2802 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 2803 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: { 2804 // Grab the type from the parser. 2805 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 2806 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 2807 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 2808 2809 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 2810 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 2811 // attached already. 2812 if (!TSI) 2813 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 2814 2815 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 2816 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 2817 if (!TSI) return true; 2818 2819 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 2820 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 2821 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 2822 break; 2823 } 2824 2825 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 2826 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2827 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 2828 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 2829 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 2830 break; 2831 } 2832 2833 default: 2834 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 2835 break; 2836 } 2837 2838 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 2839 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 2840 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 2841 2842 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 2843 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 2844 // pointer. 2845 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 2846 continue; 2847 2848 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 2849 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 2850 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 2851 return true; 2852 } 2853 2854 return false; 2855} 2856 2857Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 2858 return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), false); 2859} 2860 2861/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 2862/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 2863/// name different from T: 2864/// - every static data member of class T; 2865/// - every member function of class T 2866/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 2867/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 2868bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 2869 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 2870 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2871 2872 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 2873 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 2874 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 2875 return true; 2876 } 2877 2878 return false; 2879} 2880 2881Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 2882 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2883 bool IsFunctionDefinition) { 2884 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 2885 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 2886 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2887 2888 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 2889 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 2890 if (!Name) { 2891 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 2892 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2893 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 2894 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 2895 return 0; 2896 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 2897 return 0; 2898 2899 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 2900 // we find one that is. 2901 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 2902 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 2903 S = S->getParent(); 2904 2905 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 2906 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 2907 D.setInvalidType(); 2908 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2909 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 2910 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 2911 return 0; 2912 2913 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 2914 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 2915 if (!DC) { 2916 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 2917 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 2918 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 2919 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 2920 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2921 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 2922 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 2923 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2924 return 0; 2925 } 2926 2927 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 2928 2929 if (!IsDependentContext && 2930 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 2931 return 0; 2932 2933 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 2934 if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 2935 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2936 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 2937 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2938 D.setInvalidType(); 2939 } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) && 2940 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 2941 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class 2942 // definition: 2943 // 2944 // class X { 2945 // void X::f(); 2946 // }; 2947 if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) 2948 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 2949 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange()); 2950 else 2951 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification) 2952 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2953 2954 // Pretend that this qualifier was not here. 2955 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 2956 } 2957 } 2958 2959 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 2960 // declaration in the current instantiation. 2961 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 2962 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 2963 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 2964 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 2965 D.setInvalidType(); 2966 } 2967 } 2968 2969 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 2970 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 2971 // Just return early; it's safer. 2972 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2973 return 0; 2974 2975 NamedDecl *New; 2976 2977 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 2978 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 2979 2980 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 2981 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 2982 D.setInvalidType(); 2983 2984 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 2985 ForRedeclaration); 2986 2987 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 2988 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2989 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 2990 2991 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 2992 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 2993 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 2994 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2995 /* Do nothing*/; 2996 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 2997 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 2998 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 2999 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3000 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3001 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3002 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3003 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3004 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3005 3006 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3007 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3008 3009 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3010 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3011 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3012 3013 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 3014 // out-of-line members. 3015 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3016 3017 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 3018 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 3019 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 3020 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 3021 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 3022 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 3023 // declarations namespace. 3024 // 3025 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 3026 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 3027 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 3028 // 3029 // class X { 3030 // void f(); 3031 // void f(float); 3032 // }; 3033 // 3034 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3035 // 3036 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 3037 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3038 // matches. 3039 3040 // First check whether we named the global scope. 3041 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 3042 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3043 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3044 } else { 3045 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3046 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3047 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3048 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3049 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 3050 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 3051 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 3052 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3053 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3054 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 3055 else 3056 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3057 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 3058 D.setInvalidType(); 3059 } 3060 } 3061 } 3062 3063 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3064 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3065 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3066 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3067 if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3068 Previous.getFoundDecl())) 3069 D.setInvalidType(); 3070 3071 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3072 Previous.clear(); 3073 } 3074 3075 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3076 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3077 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3078 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3079 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3080 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3081 Previous.clear(); 3082 3083 bool Redeclaration = false; 3084 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3085 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3086 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3087 return 0; 3088 } 3089 3090 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration); 3091 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3092 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 3093 move(TemplateParamLists), 3094 IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration); 3095 } else { 3096 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 3097 move(TemplateParamLists), 3098 Redeclaration); 3099 } 3100 3101 if (New == 0) 3102 return 0; 3103 3104 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3105 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3106 if (New->getDeclName() && !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3107 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3108 3109 return New; 3110} 3111 3112/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 3113/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 3114/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 3115static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3116 ASTContext &Context, 3117 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3118 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3119 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3120 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3121 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3122 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3123 SizeIsNegative = false; 3124 Oversized = 0; 3125 3126 if (T->isDependentType()) 3127 return QualType(); 3128 3129 QualifierCollector Qs; 3130 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 3131 3132 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 3133 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3134 QualType FixedType = 3135 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3136 Oversized); 3137 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3138 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 3139 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3140 } 3141 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 3142 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 3143 QualType FixedType = 3144 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3145 Oversized); 3146 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3147 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 3148 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3149 } 3150 3151 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 3152 if (!VLATy) 3153 return QualType(); 3154 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 3155 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 3156 return QualType(); 3157 3158 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; 3159 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 3160 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || 3161 !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) 3162 return QualType(); 3163 3164 // Check whether the array size is negative. 3165 llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); 3166 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 3167 SizeIsNegative = true; 3168 return QualType(); 3169 } 3170 3171 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 3172 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 3173 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 3174 Res); 3175 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 3176 Oversized = Res; 3177 return QualType(); 3178 } 3179 3180 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 3181 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 3182} 3183 3184/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 3185/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 3186void 3187Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 3188 const LookupResult &Previous, 3189 Scope *S) { 3190 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3191 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 3192 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 3193 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 3194 3195 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 3196 return; 3197 3198 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 3199 3200 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 3201 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 3202 // declaration. 3203 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 3204 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 3205 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 3206 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 3207 S = S->getParent(); 3208 3209 if (S) 3210 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 3211 } 3212} 3213 3214/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 3215/// does not identify a function. 3216void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 3217 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 3218 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 3219 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 3220 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3221 diag::err_inline_non_function); 3222 3223 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 3224 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3225 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3226 3227 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 3228 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3229 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 3230} 3231 3232NamedDecl* 3233Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3234 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3235 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3236 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3237 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3238 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 3239 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3240 D.setInvalidType(); 3241 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 3242 DC = CurContext; 3243 Previous.clear(); 3244 } 3245 3246 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3247 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3248 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3249 } 3250 3251 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3252 3253 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3254 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3255 3256 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 3257 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 3258 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 3259 return 0; 3260 } 3261 3262 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo); 3263 if (!NewTD) return 0; 3264 3265 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3266 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 3267 3268 return ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3269} 3270 3271/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 3272/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 3273/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 3274NamedDecl* 3275Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 3276 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3277 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 3278 // then it shall have block scope. 3279 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 3280 // that redeclarations will match. 3281 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 3282 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 3283 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3284 3285 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3286 bool SizeIsNegative; 3287 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3288 QualType FixedTy = 3289 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3290 Oversized); 3291 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 3292 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3293 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 3294 } else { 3295 if (SizeIsNegative) 3296 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 3297 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 3298 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 3299 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 3300 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) << Oversized.toString(10); 3301 else 3302 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3303 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 3304 } 3305 } 3306 } 3307 3308 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 3309 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 3310 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 3311 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 3312 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3313 Redeclaration = true; 3314 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 3315 } 3316 3317 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 3318 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 3319 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 3320 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 3321 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 3322 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 3323 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 3324 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3325 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 3326 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3327 else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list")) 3328 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD)); 3329 } 3330 3331 return NewTD; 3332} 3333 3334/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 3335/// previous declaration. 3336/// 3337/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 3338/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 3339/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 3340/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 3341/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 3342/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 3343/// 3344/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 3345/// lookup 3346/// 3347/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 3348/// declared. 3349/// 3350/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 3351/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 3352static bool 3353isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 3354 ASTContext &Context) { 3355 if (!PrevDecl) 3356 return false; 3357 3358 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 3359 return false; 3360 3361 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3362 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 3363 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 3364 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 3365 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 3366 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 3367 // linkage of the previous declaration. 3368 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 3369 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3370 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 3371 return false; 3372 3373 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 3374 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 3375 // We found a member function: ignore it. 3376 return false; 3377 3378 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 3379 // previous declarations. 3380 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3381 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3382 3383 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 3384 // isn't the same function. 3385 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 3386 return false; 3387 } 3388 3389 return true; 3390} 3391 3392static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 3393 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 3394 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 3395 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 3396} 3397 3398NamedDecl* 3399Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 3400 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3401 LookupResult &Previous, 3402 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3403 bool &Redeclaration) { 3404 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 3405 3406 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3407 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3408 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3409 3410 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 3411 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3412 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3413 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3414 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3415 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3416 // an error here 3417 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3418 D.setInvalidType(); 3419 SC = SC_None; 3420 } 3421 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3422 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3423 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3424 3425 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 3426 if (!II) { 3427 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 3428 << Name.getAsString(); 3429 return 0; 3430 } 3431 3432 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3433 3434 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3435 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 3436 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 3437 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 3438 3439 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 3440 // is a GNU extension. 3441 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 3442 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 3443 else 3444 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 3445 D.setInvalidType(); 3446 } 3447 } 3448 3449 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3450 VarDecl *NewVD; 3451 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3452 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3453 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3454 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3455 3456 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3457 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3458 } else { 3459 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3460 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 3461 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3462 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3463 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3464 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3465 } else if (SC == SC_None) 3466 SC = SC_Static; 3467 } 3468 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3469 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3470 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 3471 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3472 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 3473 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 3474 3475 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 3476 // the program is ill-formed. 3477 // 3478 // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 3479 if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName())) 3480 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3481 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct) 3482 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 3483 } 3484 } 3485 3486 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3487 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3488 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3489 bool Invalid = false; 3490 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3491 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3492 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3493 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3494 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3495 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3496 /*never a friend*/ false, 3497 isExplicitSpecialization, 3498 Invalid)) { 3499 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3500 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 3501 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 3502 << II 3503 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3504 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3505 return 0; 3506 } else { 3507 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 3508 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 3509 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3510 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 3511 << II 3512 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3513 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3514 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 3515 } 3516 } 3517 3518 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3519 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3520 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3521 3522 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 3523 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 3524 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 3525 R->getContainedAutoType()) 3526 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 3527 3528 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 3529 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3530 3531 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 3532 3533 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3534 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3535 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3536 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3537 } 3538 } 3539 3540 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 3541 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 3542 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 3543 else if (!Context.Target.isTLSSupported()) 3544 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 3545 else 3546 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 3547 } 3548 3549 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 3550 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3551 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3552 3553 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3554 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 3555 3556 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3557 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 3558 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3559 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3560 llvm::StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 3561 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 3562 switch (SC) { 3563 case SC_None: 3564 case SC_Auto: 3565 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 3566 break; 3567 case SC_Register: 3568 if (!Context.Target.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 3569 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 3570 break; 3571 case SC_Static: 3572 case SC_Extern: 3573 case SC_PrivateExtern: 3574 break; 3575 } 3576 } 3577 3578 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 3579 Context, Label)); 3580 } 3581 3582 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 3583 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 3584 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 3585 3586 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 3587 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 3588 // declaration has linkage). 3589 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 3590 isExplicitSpecialization); 3591 3592 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3593 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3594 else { 3595 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 3596 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3597 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3598 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 3599 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3600 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 3601 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3602 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 3603 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3604 Previous.clear(); 3605 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3606 } 3607 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3608 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 3609 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 3610 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 3611 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3612 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3613 } 3614 3615 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3616 3617 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 3618 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 3619 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 3620 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3621 } 3622 3623 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 3624 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 3625 // here. 3626 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3627 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3628 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 3629 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 3630 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 3631 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3632 } 3633 } 3634 3635 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 3636 // such variables. 3637 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 3638 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3639 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 3640 3641 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 3642 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 3643 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 3644 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 3645 3646 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 3647 3648 return NewVD; 3649} 3650 3651/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 3652/// -Wshadow. 3653/// 3654/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 3655/// scope. 3656/// 3657/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 3658/// \param R the lookup of the name 3659/// 3660void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 3661 // Return if warning is ignored. 3662 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 3663 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3664 return; 3665 3666 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 3667 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 3668 return; 3669 3670 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 3671 3672 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 3673 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 3674 return; 3675 3676 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 3677 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3678 return; 3679 3680 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 3681 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3682 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 3683 if (MD->isStatic()) 3684 return; 3685 3686 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3687 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 3688 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 3689 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 3690 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 3691 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 3692 I != E; ++I) 3693 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 3694 ShadowedDecl = *I; 3695 break; 3696 } 3697 } 3698 3699 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 3700 3701 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 3702 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 3703 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 3704 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 3705 return; 3706 3707 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 3708 // static data members from base classes? 3709 3710 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 3711 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 3712 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 3713 } 3714 3715 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 3716 unsigned Kind; 3717 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 3718 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3719 Kind = 3; // field 3720 else 3721 Kind = 2; // static data member 3722 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 3723 Kind = 1; // global 3724 else 3725 Kind = 0; // local 3726 3727 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 3728 3729 // Emit warning and note. 3730 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 3731 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3732} 3733 3734/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 3735void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 3736 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 3737 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3738 return; 3739 3740 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 3741 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3742 LookupName(R, S); 3743 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 3744} 3745 3746/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 3747/// declaration. 3748/// 3749/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 3750/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 3751/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 3752/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 3753/// that have been instantiated from a template. 3754/// 3755/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 3756void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 3757 LookupResult &Previous, 3758 bool &Redeclaration) { 3759 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 3760 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3761 return; 3762 3763 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 3764 3765 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 3766 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 3767 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3768 } 3769 3770 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 3771 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 3772 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 3773 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 3774 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 3775 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 3776 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3777 } 3778 3779 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 3780 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3781 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 3782 3783 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 3784 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 3785 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3786 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3787 3788 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 3789 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 3790 bool SizeIsNegative; 3791 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3792 QualType FixedTy = 3793 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3794 Oversized); 3795 3796 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 3797 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 3798 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 3799 // int a[10][n]; 3800 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 3801 3802 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3803 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 3804 << SizeRange; 3805 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 3806 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 3807 << SizeRange; 3808 else 3809 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 3810 << SizeRange; 3811 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3812 } 3813 3814 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 3815 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3816 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3817 else 3818 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 3819 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3820 } 3821 3822 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3823 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 3824 } 3825 3826 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 3827 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 3828 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 3829 // declaration with the same name. 3830 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3831 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName()); 3832 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3833 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 3834 } 3835 3836 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 3837 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 3838 << T; 3839 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3840 } 3841 3842 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3843 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 3844 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3845 } 3846 3847 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3848 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 3849 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3850 } 3851 3852 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only 3853 // function pointer-to-members can do that. 3854 QualType Pointee; 3855 unsigned PtrOrRef = 0; 3856 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 3857 Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 3858 else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 3859 Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType(); 3860 PtrOrRef = 1; 3861 } 3862 if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() && 3863 Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) { 3864 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer) 3865 << PtrOrRef; 3866 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3867 } 3868 3869 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3870 Redeclaration = true; 3871 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 3872 } 3873} 3874 3875/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 3876struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 3877 Sema *S; 3878 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 3879}; 3880 3881/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 3882/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 3883/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 3884static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 3885 CXXBasePath &Path, 3886 void *UserData) { 3887 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 3888 3889 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 3890 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 3891 3892 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 3893 3894 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 3895 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3896 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 3897 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 3898 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 3899 3900 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 3901 } 3902 3903 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 3904 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 3905 ++Path.Decls.first) { 3906 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 3907 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 3908 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 3909 return true; 3910 } 3911 } 3912 3913 return false; 3914} 3915 3916/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 3917/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 3918bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 3919 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 3920 CXXBasePaths Paths; 3921 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 3922 Data.Method = MD; 3923 Data.S = this; 3924 bool AddedAny = false; 3925 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 3926 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 3927 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 3928 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 3929 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 3930 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 3931 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 3932 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 3933 AddedAny = true; 3934 } 3935 } 3936 } 3937 } 3938 3939 return AddedAny; 3940} 3941 3942static void DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD) { 3943 LookupResult Prev(S, NewFD->getDeclName(), NewFD->getLocation(), 3944 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3945 S.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewFD->getDeclContext()); 3946 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 3947 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 3948 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 3949 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 3950 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) && 3951 isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD)) 3952 S.Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 3953 } 3954} 3955 3956NamedDecl* 3957Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3958 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3959 LookupResult &Previous, 3960 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3961 bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration) { 3962 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 3963 3964 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3965 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3966 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3967 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = SC_None; 3968 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 3969 default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); 3970 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 3971 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 3972 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 3973 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3974 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 3975 D.setInvalidType(); 3976 break; 3977 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = SC_None; break; 3978 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = SC_Extern; break; 3979 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 3980 if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3981 // C99 6.7.1p5: 3982 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 3983 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 3984 // other than extern 3985 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 3986 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3987 diag::err_static_block_func); 3988 SC = SC_None; 3989 } else 3990 SC = SC_Static; 3991 break; 3992 } 3993 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = SC_PrivateExtern; break; 3994 } 3995 3996 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3997 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3998 3999 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 4000 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 4001 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4002 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 4003 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 4004 D.setInvalidType(); 4005 } 4006 4007 FunctionDecl *NewFD; 4008 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 4009 bool isFriend = false; 4010 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4011 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4012 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4013 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 4014 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4015 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4016 4017 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4018 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4019 // prototype. This true when: 4020 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 4021 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 4022 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 4023 bool HasPrototype = 4024 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 4025 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 4026 4027 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4028 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4029 HasPrototype); 4030 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4031 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4032 4033 // Set the lexical context. 4034 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4035 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 4036 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 4037 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4038 } else { 4039 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4040 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 4041 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 4042 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 4043 4044 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 4045 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 4046 // the class has been completely parsed. 4047 if (!DC->isRecord() && 4048 RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4049 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4050 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4051 AbstractReturnType)) 4052 D.setInvalidType(); 4053 4054 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 4055 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 4056 assert(DC->isRecord() && 4057 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 4058 4059 R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4060 4061 // Create the new declaration 4062 NewFD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context, 4063 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4064 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4065 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4066 isExplicit, isInline, 4067 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 4068 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4069 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 4070 if (DC->isRecord()) { 4071 R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4072 4073 NewFD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, 4074 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4075 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4076 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4077 isInline, 4078 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 4079 isVirtualOkay = true; 4080 } else { 4081 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 4082 4083 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 4084 // code path. 4085 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4086 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 4087 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4088 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 4089 D.setInvalidType(); 4090 } 4091 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 4092 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 4093 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4094 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 4095 return 0; 4096 } 4097 4098 CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4099 NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4100 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4101 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4102 isInline, isExplicit, 4103 SourceLocation()); 4104 4105 isVirtualOkay = true; 4106 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 4107 // If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this 4108 // must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 4109 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 4110 // constructor if it has no return type). 4111 // must have an invalid constructor that has a return type 4112 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 4113 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 4114 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 4115 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 4116 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4117 return 0; 4118 } 4119 4120 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 4121 4122 // [class.free]p1: 4123 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 4124 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4125 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 4126 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 4127 isStatic = true; 4128 4129 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 4130 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4131 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 4132 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 4133 isStatic = true; 4134 4135 // This is a C++ method declaration. 4136 NewFD = CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4137 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4138 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4139 isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4140 SourceLocation()); 4141 4142 isVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 4143 } else { 4144 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4145 // prototype. This true when: 4146 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 4147 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4148 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4149 true/*HasPrototype*/); 4150 } 4151 4152 if (isFriend && !isInline && IsFunctionDefinition) { 4153 // C++ [class.friend]p5 4154 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 4155 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 4156 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4157 } 4158 4159 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 4160 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4161 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4162 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4163 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4164 4165 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 4166 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 4167 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4168 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4169 4170 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4171 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4172 bool Invalid = false; 4173 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4174 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4175 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4176 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4177 TemplateParamLists.get(), 4178 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4179 isFriend, 4180 isExplicitSpecialization, 4181 Invalid)) { 4182 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4183 // This is a function template 4184 4185 // Check that we can declare a template here. 4186 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 4187 return 0; 4188 4189 // A destructor cannot be a template. 4190 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4191 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 4192 return 0; 4193 } 4194 4195 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 4196 NewFD->getLocation(), 4197 Name, TemplateParams, 4198 NewFD); 4199 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4200 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 4201 4202 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 4203 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 4204 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4205 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 4206 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4207 } 4208 } else { 4209 // This is a function template specialization. 4210 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4211 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4212 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4213 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4214 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4215 4216 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 4217 if (isFriend) { 4218 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 4219 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 4220 4221 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 4222 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 4223 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 4224 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 4225 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 4226 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 4227 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4228 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 4229 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 4230 } 4231 4232 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 4233 << Name << RemoveRange 4234 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 4235 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 4236 } 4237 } 4238 } 4239 else { 4240 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 4241 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 4242 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 4243 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4244 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4245 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4246 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4247 } 4248 4249 if (Invalid) { 4250 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4251 if (FunctionTemplate) 4252 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4253 } 4254 4255 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 4256 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 4257 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 4258 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 4259 // 4260 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4261 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 4262 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4263 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4264 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4265 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 4266 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4267 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 4268 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 4269 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4270 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 4271 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 4272 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4273 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 4274 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 4275 } else { 4276 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 4277 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 4278 } 4279 } 4280 4281 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 4282 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration. 4283 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4284 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4285 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 4286 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 4287 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 4288 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 4289 } 4290 } 4291 4292 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 4293 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 4294 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1 4295 // and 12.3.2. 4296 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4297 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4298 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 4299 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4300 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 4301 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4302 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 4303 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4304 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 4305 // or conversion function. 4306 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4307 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 4308 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4309 } 4310 } 4311 4312 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 4313 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 4314 isExplicitSpecialization || 4315 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 4316 4317 if (isFriend) { 4318 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 4319 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4320 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4321 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 4322 } 4323 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4324 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4325 } 4326 4327 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && IsFunctionDefinition) { 4328 // A method is implicitly inline if it's defined in its class 4329 // definition. 4330 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4331 } 4332 4333 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 4334 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4335 // C++ [class.static]p1: 4336 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 4337 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 4338 // the class. 4339 4340 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 4341 // member function definition. 4342 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4343 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4344 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4345 } 4346 } 4347 4348 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4349 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 4350 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4351 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4352 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 4353 SE->getString())); 4354 } 4355 4356 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 4357 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 4358 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 4359 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 4360 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 4361 4362 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 4363 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 4364 // single void argument. 4365 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 4366 // already checks for that case. 4367 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 4368 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 4369 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 4370 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 4371 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 4372 4373 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 4374 // typedef of void is not permitted. 4375 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4376 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 4377 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 4378 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 4379 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 4380 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 4381 << IsTypeAlias; 4382 } 4383 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 4384 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 4385 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 4386 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 4387 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 4388 Params.push_back(Param); 4389 4390 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 4391 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4392 } 4393 } 4394 4395 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4396 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 4397 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 4398 // parameters for use in the declaration. 4399 // 4400 // @code 4401 // typedef void fn(int); 4402 // fn f; 4403 // @endcode 4404 4405 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 4406 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 4407 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 4408 ParmVarDecl *Param = 4409 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 4410 Params.push_back(Param); 4411 } 4412 } else { 4413 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 4414 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 4415 } 4416 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 4417 NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 4418 4419 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 4420 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4421 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 4422 4423 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4424 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4425 bool isExplctSpecialization=false; 4426 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplctSpecialization, 4427 Redeclaration); 4428 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4429 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4430 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4431 } else { 4432 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 4433 // argument list into our AST format. 4434 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4435 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 4436 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4437 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 4438 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 4439 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4440 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 4441 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 4442 TemplateId->NumArgs); 4443 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 4444 TemplateArgs); 4445 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 4446 4447 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4448 4449 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4450 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 4451 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 4452 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4453 4454 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4455 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4456 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4457 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 4458 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 4459 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 4460 // too few of them). 4461 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 4462 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 4463 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 4464 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4465 "template<> "); 4466 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4467 } else { 4468 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 4469 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4470 } 4471 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4472 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 4473 // wrote something like: 4474 // template <> friend void foo(int); 4475 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 4476 // friend void foo<>(int); 4477 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 4478 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4479 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4480 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4481 } 4482 4483 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 4484 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 4485 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 4486 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 4487 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 4488 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) { 4489 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 4490 "friend function specialization without template args"); 4491 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 4492 Previous)) 4493 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4494 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4495 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 4496 && !isFriend) { 4497 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 4498 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4499 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4500 return 0; 4501 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 4502 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 4503 Previous)) 4504 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4505 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4506 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 4507 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4508 } 4509 4510 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4511 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 4512 Redeclaration); 4513 4514 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4515 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4516 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4517 4518 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 4519 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 4520 : NewFD); 4521 4522 if (isFriend && Redeclaration) { 4523 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 4524 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4525 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess(); 4526 4527 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 4528 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 4529 4530 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 4531 } 4532 4533 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 4534 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 4535 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 4536 4537 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 4538 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 4539 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4540 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(); 4541 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 4542 PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 4543 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 4544 ? (IsFunctionDefinition 4545 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 4546 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 4547 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4548 DC && DC->isRecord() && 4549 DC->isDependentContext()) 4550 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 4551 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 4552 } 4553 4554 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4555 // Ignore all the rest of this. 4556 } else if (!Redeclaration) { 4557 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 4558 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 4559 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4560 4561 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 4562 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4563 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 4564 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 4565 4566 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 4567 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 4568 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 4569 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 4570 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 4571 // can actually do this check immediately. 4572 if (isFriend && 4573 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 4574 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 4575 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 4576 // ignore these 4577 } else { 4578 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 4579 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 4580 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 4581 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 4582 // 4583 // class X { 4584 // void f() const; 4585 // }; 4586 // 4587 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 4588 // 4589 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 4590 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 4591 // whether the parameter types are references). 4592 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) 4593 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4594 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4595 4596 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4597 } 4598 4599 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 4600 // to something. 4601 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 4602 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_matching_local_friend); 4603 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4604 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4605 } 4606 4607 } else if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4608 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4609 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 4610 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 4611 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4612 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 4613 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 4614 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension 4615 // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them. 4616 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 4617 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4618 } 4619 } 4620 4621 4622 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 4623 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 4624 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 4625 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 4626 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4627 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 4628 4629 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 4630 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 4631 if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 4632 const FunctionDecl *Def; 4633 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4634 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->hasBody(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 4635 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 4636 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4637 } 4638 } 4639 4640 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 4641 4642 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 4643 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4644 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4645 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 4646 << NewFD; 4647 4648 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 4649 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4650 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 4651 EPI.Variadic = true; 4652 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 4653 4654 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 4655 NewFD->setType(R); 4656 } 4657 4658 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4659 // member, set the visibility of this function. 4660 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4661 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 4662 4663 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 4664 // map of such names. 4665 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 4666 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4667 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 4668 4669 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 4670 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 4671 4672 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4673 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4674 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4675 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4676 return FunctionTemplate; 4677 } 4678 } 4679 4680 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 4681 4682 if (getLangOptions().CUDA) 4683 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 4684 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 4685 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4686 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 4687 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 4688 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 4689 4690 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 4691 } 4692 } 4693 4694 return NewFD; 4695} 4696 4697/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 4698/// 4699/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 4700/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 4701/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 4702/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 4703/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 4704/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 4705/// via InstantiateDecl). 4706/// 4707/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 4708/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 4709/// 4710/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 4711void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4712 LookupResult &Previous, 4713 bool IsExplicitSpecialization, 4714 bool &Redeclaration) { 4715 // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking. 4716 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4717 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 4718 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 4719 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4720 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 4721 4722 return; 4723 } 4724 4725 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4726 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 4727 // because all functions have linkage. 4728 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 4729 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4730 } 4731 4732 if (NewFD->isMain()) 4733 CheckMain(NewFD); 4734 4735 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 4736 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 4737 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4738 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4739 // declaration with the same name. 4740 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4741 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName()); 4742 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4743 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4744 } 4745 4746 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 4747 // the same name, if appropriate. 4748 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4749 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 4750 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 4751 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 4752 // function to the scope. 4753 4754 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 4755 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 4756 Redeclaration = true; 4757 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 4758 } else { 4759 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 4760 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 4761 case Ovl_Match: 4762 Redeclaration = true; 4763 break; 4764 4765 case Ovl_NonFunction: 4766 Redeclaration = true; 4767 break; 4768 4769 case Ovl_Overload: 4770 Redeclaration = false; 4771 break; 4772 } 4773 4774 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 4775 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 4776 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 4777 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 4778 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 4779 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 4780 if (Redeclaration) 4781 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 4782 else if (!Previous.empty()) 4783 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 4784 if (OverloadedDecl) 4785 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 4786 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 4787 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 4788 Context)); 4789 } 4790 } 4791 4792 if (Redeclaration) { 4793 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 4794 // merged. 4795 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) 4796 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4797 4798 Previous.clear(); 4799 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 4800 4801 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 4802 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 4803 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 4804 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 4805 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 4806 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 4807 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 4808 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 4809 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4810 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4811 } 4812 4813 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 4814 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 4815 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 4816 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 4817 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 4818 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 4819 } 4820 } else { 4821 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 4822 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 4823 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 4824 } 4825 } 4826 } 4827 4828 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 4829 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4830 // C++-specific checks. 4831 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4832 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 4833 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 4834 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4835 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 4836 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4837 4838 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 4839 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 4840 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 4841 DeclarationName Name 4842 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4843 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 4844 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 4845 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 4846 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4847 } 4848 } 4849 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 4850 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4851 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 4852 } 4853 4854 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 4855 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4856 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 4857 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4858 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 4859 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 4860 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4861 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 4862 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4863 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 4864 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 4865 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 4866 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 4867 ++Overridden) { 4868 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 4869 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 4870 } 4871 } 4872 } 4873 } 4874 } 4875 4876 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 4877 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 4878 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4879 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4880 4881 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 4882 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 4883 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4884 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4885 4886 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 4887 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 4888 // during delayed parsing anyway. 4889 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 4890 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 4891 4892 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 4893 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 4894 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 4895 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 4896 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 4897 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 4898 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 4899 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 4900 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 4901 } 4902 } 4903 } 4904} 4905 4906void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD) { 4907 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline 4908 // or static is ill-formed. 4909 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 4910 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 4911 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 4912 bool isInline = FD->isInlineSpecified(); 4913 bool isStatic = FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static; 4914 if (isInline || isStatic) { 4915 unsigned diagID = diag::warn_unusual_main_decl; 4916 if (isInline || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 4917 diagID = diag::err_unusual_main_decl; 4918 4919 int which = isStatic + (isInline << 1) - 1; 4920 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diagID) << which; 4921 } 4922 4923 QualType T = FD->getType(); 4924 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 4925 const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4926 4927 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 4928 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 4929 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4930 } 4931 4932 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 4933 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 4934 4935 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 4936 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 4937 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 4938 4939 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 4940 4941 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 4942 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 4943 // getting shifty. 4944 if (nparams == 4 && Context.Target.getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 4945 HasExtraParameters = false; 4946 4947 if (HasExtraParameters) { 4948 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 4949 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4950 nparams = 3; 4951 } 4952 4953 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 4954 // if we had some location information about types. 4955 4956 QualType CharPP = 4957 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 4958 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 4959 4960 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 4961 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 4962 4963 bool mismatch = true; 4964 4965 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 4966 mismatch = false; 4967 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 4968 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 4969 // char const ** 4970 // char const * const * 4971 // char * const * 4972 4973 QualifierCollector qs; 4974 const PointerType* PT; 4975 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4976 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4977 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 4978 qs.removeConst(); 4979 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 4980 } 4981 } 4982 4983 if (mismatch) { 4984 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 4985 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 4986 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4987 } 4988 } 4989 4990 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4991 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 4992 } 4993 4994 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4995 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 4996 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 4997 } 4998} 4999 5000bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 5001 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 5002 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 5003 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 5004 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 5005 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 5006 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 5007 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 5008 // rules there don't matter.) 5009 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 5010 return false; 5011 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 5012 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5013 return true; 5014} 5015 5016namespace { 5017 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 5018 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 5019 class SelfReferenceChecker 5020 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 5021 Sema &S; 5022 Decl *OrigDecl; 5023 5024 public: 5025 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 5026 5027 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 5028 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { } 5029 5030 void VisitExpr(Expr *E) { 5031 if (isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(*E)) return; 5032 Inherited::VisitExpr(E); 5033 } 5034 5035 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 5036 CheckForSelfReference(E); 5037 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 5038 } 5039 5040 void CheckForSelfReference(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 5041 if (E->getCastKind() != CK_LValueToRValue) return; 5042 Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5043 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr); 5044 if (!DRE) return; 5045 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 5046 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 5047 LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 5048 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 5049 S.Diag(SubExpr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init) 5050 << Result.getLookupName() << OrigDecl->getLocation() 5051 << SubExpr->getSourceRange(); 5052 } 5053 }; 5054} 5055 5056/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 5057/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 5058/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 5059void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 5060 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5061 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 5062 // the initializer. 5063 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5064 return; 5065 5066 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 5067 if (VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5068 // Variables declared within a function/method body are handled 5069 // by a dataflow analysis. 5070 if (!vd->hasLocalStorage() && !vd->isStaticLocal()) 5071 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, RealDecl).VisitExpr(Init); 5072 } 5073 else { 5074 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, RealDecl).VisitExpr(Init); 5075 } 5076 5077 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5078 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 5079 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 5080 // Thus this grotesque test. 5081 IntegerLiteral *IL; 5082 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 5083 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 5084 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 5085 else { 5086 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 5087 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 5088 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 5089 } 5090 return; 5091 } 5092 5093 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 5094 if (!VDecl) { 5095 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5096 RealDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 5097 isa<NamedDecl>(RealDecl)) 5098 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization); 5099 else 5100 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 5101 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5102 return; 5103 } 5104 5105 // C++0x [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 5106 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) { 5107 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 5108 if (!DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), Init, DeducedType)) 5109 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_deduction_failure) 5110 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() << Init->getType() 5111 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5112 if (!DeducedType) { 5113 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5114 return; 5115 } 5116 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 5117 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 5118 5119 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 5120 // the previously declared type. 5121 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDeclaration()) 5122 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 5123 } 5124 5125 5126 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 5127 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the 5128 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 5129 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 5130 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 5131 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 5132 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 5133 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5134 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5135 return; 5136 } 5137 5138 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 5139 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 5140 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5141 AbstractVariableType)) 5142 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5143 5144 const VarDecl *Def; 5145 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 5146 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 5147 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 5148 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5149 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5150 return; 5151 } 5152 5153 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 5154 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5155 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 5156 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 5157 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 5158 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 5159 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 5160 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 5161 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 5162 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 5163 // 5164 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 5165 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 5166 // declaration with an initializer. 5167 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 5168 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VDecl->getDeclName(); 5169 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5170 return; 5171 } 5172 5173 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 5174 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5175 5176 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 5177 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5178 return; 5179 } 5180 } 5181 5182 // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of 5183 // initialization. 5184 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 5185 5186 // FIXME: Poor source location information. 5187 InitializationKind Kind 5188 = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 5189 Init->getLocStart(), 5190 Init->getLocEnd()) 5191 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 5192 Init->getLocStart()); 5193 5194 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 5195 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 5196 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 5197 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 5198 if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5 5199 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 5200 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5201 } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5202 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5203 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5204 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5205 &DclT); 5206 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5207 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5208 return; 5209 } 5210 5211 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5212 5213 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 5214 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 5215 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5216 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. 5217 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 5218 } 5219 } 5220 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 5221 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 5222 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 5223 // 5224 // struct S { 5225 // static const int value = 17; 5226 // }; 5227 5228 // Try to perform the initialization regardless. 5229 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5230 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5231 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5232 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5233 &DclT); 5234 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5235 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5236 return; 5237 } 5238 5239 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5240 } 5241 5242 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 5243 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 5244 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 5245 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 5246 QualType T = VDecl->getType(); 5247 5248 // Do nothing on dependent types. 5249 if (T->isDependentType()) { 5250 5251 // Require constness. 5252 } else if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 5253 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 5254 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5255 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5256 5257 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 5258 } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 5259 if (!Init->isValueDependent()) { 5260 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 5261 llvm::APSInt Value; 5262 SourceLocation Loc; 5263 if (!Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, &Loc)) { 5264 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5265 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5266 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5267 } 5268 } 5269 5270 // We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and 5271 // C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really 5272 // implement fully. 5273 } else { 5274 bool Allowed = false; 5275 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) { 5276 Allowed = T->isLiteralType(); 5277 } else if (T->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 5278 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 5279 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 5280 Allowed = true; 5281 } 5282 5283 if (!Allowed) { 5284 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 5285 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 5286 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5287 5288 // TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't. 5289 } else if (!Init->isValueDependent() && 5290 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) { 5291 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5292 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5293 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5294 } 5295 } 5296 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 5297 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 5298 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 5299 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 5300 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 5301 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5302 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5303 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5304 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5305 &DclT); 5306 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5307 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5308 return; 5309 } 5310 5311 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5312 } 5313 5314 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 5315 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 5316 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5317 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 5318 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 5319 } 5320 } 5321 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 5322 // completed by the initializer. For example: 5323 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 5324 // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 5325 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { 5326 VDecl->setType(DclT); 5327 Init->setType(DclT); 5328 } 5329 5330 5331 // If this variable is a local declaration with record type, make sure it 5332 // doesn't have a flexible member initialization. We only support this as a 5333 // global/static definition. 5334 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 5335 if (const RecordType *RT = VDecl->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 5336 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5337 // Check whether the initializer tries to initialize the flexible 5338 // array member itself to anything other than an empty initializer list. 5339 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 5340 unsigned Index = std::distance(RT->getDecl()->field_begin(), 5341 RT->getDecl()->field_end()) - 1; 5342 if (Index < ILE->getNumInits() && 5343 !(isa<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index)) && 5344 cast<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index))->getNumInits() == 0)) { 5345 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_flexible_variable); 5346 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5347 } 5348 } 5349 } 5350 5351 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 5352 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 5353 5354 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 5355 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 5356 VDecl->setInit(Init); 5357 5358 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 5359} 5360 5361/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 5362/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 5363/// of sanity. 5364void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 5365 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 5366 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 5367 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 5368 5369 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 5370 if (!VD) return; 5371 5372 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 5373 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 5374 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5375 return; 5376 } 5377 5378 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 5379 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 5380 5381 // Require a complete type. 5382 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 5383 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 5384 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5385 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 5386 return; 5387 } 5388 5389 // Require an abstract type. 5390 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 5391 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5392 AbstractVariableType)) { 5393 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 5394 return; 5395 } 5396 5397 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 5398 // though. 5399} 5400 5401void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 5402 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5403 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 5404 if (RealDecl == 0) 5405 return; 5406 5407 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5408 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 5409 5410 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3 5411 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 5412 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 5413 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 5414 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5415 return; 5416 } 5417 5418 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 5419 case VarDecl::Definition: 5420 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 5421 break; 5422 5423 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 5424 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 5425 // a declaration. 5426 // 5427 // Fall through 5428 5429 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 5430 // It's only a declaration. 5431 5432 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 5433 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 5434 // object shall be complete. 5435 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 5436 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 5437 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5438 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 5439 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5440 5441 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 5442 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 5443 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5444 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5445 AbstractVariableType)) 5446 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5447 return; 5448 5449 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 5450 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 5451 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 5452 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 5453 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 5454 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 5455 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 5456 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 5457 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 5458 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 5459 ArrayT->getElementType(), 5460 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 5461 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5462 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 5463 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 5464 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 5465 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 5466 // NOTE: code such as the following 5467 // static struct s; 5468 // struct s { int a; }; 5469 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 5470 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 5471 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 5472 if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0) 5473 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5474 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 5475 } 5476 } 5477 5478 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 5479 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 5480 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 5481 return; 5482 } 5483 5484 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5485 // definitions with incomplete array type. 5486 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 5487 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 5488 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 5489 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5490 return; 5491 } 5492 5493 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5494 // definitions with reference type. 5495 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 5496 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 5497 << Var->getDeclName() 5498 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 5499 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5500 return; 5501 } 5502 5503 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 5504 // variable with dependent type. 5505 if (Type->isDependentType()) 5506 return; 5507 5508 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 5509 return; 5510 5511 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 5512 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 5513 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5514 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5515 return; 5516 } 5517 5518 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 5519 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5520 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5521 AbstractVariableType)) { 5522 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5523 return; 5524 } 5525 5526 const RecordType *Record 5527 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>(); 5528 if (Record && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5529 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->isPOD()) { 5530 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 5531 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 5532 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 5533 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 5534 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 5535 // type shall have a user-declared default 5536 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 5537 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 5538 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 5539 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 5540 // program is ill-formed. 5541 } else { 5542 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 5543 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 5544 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 5545 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) 5546 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5547 5548 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 5549 InitializationKind Kind 5550 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 5551 5552 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 5553 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5554 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 5555 if (Init.isInvalid()) 5556 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5557 else if (Init.get()) 5558 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 5559 } 5560 5561 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 5562 } 5563} 5564 5565void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 5566 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 5567 if (!VD) { 5568 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 5569 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5570 return; 5571 } 5572 5573 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 5574 5575 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 5576 int Error = -1; 5577 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 5578 case SC_None: 5579 break; 5580 case SC_Extern: 5581 Error = 0; 5582 break; 5583 case SC_Static: 5584 Error = 1; 5585 break; 5586 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5587 Error = 2; 5588 break; 5589 case SC_Auto: 5590 Error = 3; 5591 break; 5592 case SC_Register: 5593 Error = 4; 5594 break; 5595 } 5596 // FIXME: constexpr isn't allowed here. 5597 //if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 5598 // Error = 5; 5599 if (Error != -1) { 5600 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 5601 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 5602 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5603 } 5604} 5605 5606void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 5607 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 5608 5609 // All the following checks are C++ only. 5610 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return; 5611 5612 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType()); 5613 if (baseType->isDependentType()) return; 5614 5615 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 5616 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5617 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 5618 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 5619 5620 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 5621 // constructing this copy. 5622 QualType type = var->getType(); 5623 5624 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5625 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 5626 Expr *varRef = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, type, VK_LValue, poi); 5627 ExprResult result = 5628 PerformCopyInitialization( 5629 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 5630 poi, Owned(varRef)); 5631 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 5632 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 5633 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5634 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 5635 } 5636 } 5637 } 5638 5639 // Check for global constructors. 5640 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 5641 var->hasGlobalStorage() && 5642 !var->isStaticLocal() && 5643 var->getInit() && 5644 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context, 5645 baseType->isReferenceType())) 5646 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 5647 << var->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 5648 5649 // Require the destructor. 5650 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 5651 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 5652} 5653 5654/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 5655/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 5656void 5657Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 5658 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 5659 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 5660} 5661 5662Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 5663Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 5664 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 5665 llvm::SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 5666 5667 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 5668 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 5669 5670 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 5671 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 5672 Decls.push_back(D); 5673 5674 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 5675 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 5676} 5677 5678/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 5679/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 5680Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 5681Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 5682 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5683 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 5684 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 5685 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 5686 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 5687 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 5688 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 5689 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 5690 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 5691 QualType Deduced; 5692 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 5693 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 5694 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 5695 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 5696 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 5697 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 5698 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 5699 break; 5700 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 5701 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 5702 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 5703 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 5704 Deduced = U; 5705 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 5706 DeducedDecl = D; 5707 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 5708 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 5709 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 5710 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 5711 << U << D->getDeclName() 5712 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 5713 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 5714 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5715 break; 5716 } 5717 } 5718 } 5719 } 5720 } 5721 5722 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 5723} 5724 5725 5726/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 5727/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 5728Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 5729 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 5730 5731 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 5732 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 5733 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 5734 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 5735 StorageClass = SC_Register; 5736 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 5737 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 5738 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5739 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 5740 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 5741 } 5742 5743 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5744 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5745 5746 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 5747 5748 TagDecl *OwnedDecl = 0; 5749 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &OwnedDecl); 5750 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 5751 5752 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5753 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 5754 // parameter. 5755 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5756 5757 if (OwnedDecl && OwnedDecl->isDefinition()) { 5758 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 5759 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 5760 Diag(OwnedDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 5761 << Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedDecl); 5762 } 5763 5764 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5765 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5766 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 5767 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5768 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 5769 } 5770 } 5771 5772 // Ensure we have a valid name 5773 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 5774 if (D.hasName()) { 5775 II = D.getIdentifier(); 5776 if (!II) { 5777 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 5778 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 5779 D.setInvalidType(true); 5780 } 5781 } 5782 5783 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 5784 if (II) { 5785 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 5786 ForRedeclaration); 5787 LookupName(R, S); 5788 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 5789 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5790 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 5791 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5792 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 5793 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5794 PrevDecl = 0; 5795 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 5796 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 5797 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5798 5799 // Recover by removing the name 5800 II = 0; 5801 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5802 D.setInvalidType(true); 5803 } 5804 } 5805 } 5806 5807 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 5808 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 5809 // looking like class members in C++. 5810 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5811 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 5812 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5813 parmDeclType, TInfo, 5814 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 5815 5816 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5817 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5818 5819 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 5820 S->AddDecl(New); 5821 if (II) 5822 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 5823 5824 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 5825 5826 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5827 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5828 } 5829 return New; 5830} 5831 5832/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 5833/// typedef. 5834ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 5835 SourceLocation Loc, 5836 QualType T) { 5837 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 5838 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 5839 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 5840 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 5841 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 5842 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 5843 Param->setImplicit(); 5844 return Param; 5845} 5846 5847void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 5848 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 5849 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 5850 // will already have done so in the template itself. 5851 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 5852 return; 5853 5854 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 5855 if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 5856 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 5857 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 5858 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 5859 } 5860 } 5861} 5862 5863void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 5864 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 5865 QualType ReturnTy, 5866 NamedDecl *D) { 5867 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 5868 return; 5869 5870 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 5871 // threshold. 5872 if (ReturnTy->isPODType()) { 5873 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 5874 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 5875 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 5876 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 5877 } 5878 5879 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 5880 // threshold. 5881 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 5882 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 5883 if (!T->isPODType()) 5884 continue; 5885 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 5886 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 5887 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 5888 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 5889 } 5890} 5891 5892ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 5893 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 5894 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 5895 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 5896 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 5897 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 5898 adjustParameterType(T), TSInfo, 5899 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 5900 0); 5901 5902 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 5903 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5904 // the class has been completely parsed. 5905 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 5906 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5907 AbstractParamType)) 5908 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5909 5910 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 5911 // passed by reference. 5912 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5913 Diag(NameLoc, 5914 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T; 5915 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5916 } 5917 5918 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 5919 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 5920 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 5921 // an address space. 5922 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5923 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 5924 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5925 } 5926 5927 return New; 5928} 5929 5930void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5931 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 5932 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5933 5934 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 5935 // for a K&R function. 5936 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 5937 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 5938 --i; 5939 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 5940 llvm::SmallString<256> Code; 5941 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 5942 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 5943 << ";\n"; 5944 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 5945 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 5946 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 5947 5948 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 5949 // type. 5950 AttributeFactory attrs; 5951 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 5952 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 5953 unsigned DiagID; // unused 5954 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 5955 PrevSpec, DiagID); 5956 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 5957 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 5958 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 5959 } 5960 } 5961 } 5962} 5963 5964Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 5965 Declarator &D) { 5966 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 5967 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 5968 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 5969 5970 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 5971 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 5972 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true); 5973 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 5974} 5975 5976static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5977 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 5978 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 5979 return false; 5980 5981 // Or declarations that aren't global. 5982 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 5983 return false; 5984 5985 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 5986 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5987 return false; 5988 5989 // Don't warn about 'main'. 5990 if (FD->isMain()) 5991 return false; 5992 5993 // Don't warn about inline functions. 5994 if (FD->isInlined()) 5995 return false; 5996 5997 // Don't warn about function templates. 5998 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 5999 return false; 6000 6001 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 6002 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 6003 return false; 6004 6005 bool MissingPrototype = true; 6006 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); 6007 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 6008 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 6009 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 6010 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6011 continue; 6012 6013 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 6014 break; 6015 } 6016 6017 return MissingPrototype; 6018} 6019 6020void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 6021 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 6022 // was an extern inline function. 6023 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 6024 if (FD->hasBody(Definition) && 6025 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 6026 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 6027 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 6028 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 6029 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 6030 else 6031 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 6032 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6033 } 6034} 6035 6036Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 6037 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 6038 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 6039 6040 if (!D) 6041 return D; 6042 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 6043 6044 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 6045 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 6046 else 6047 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 6048 6049 // Enter a new function scope 6050 PushFunctionScope(); 6051 6052 // See if this is a redefinition. 6053 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 6054 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 6055 6056 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 6057 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 6058 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 6059 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 6060 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6061 } 6062 } 6063 6064 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 6065 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 6066 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 6067 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 6068 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 6069 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 6070 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 6071 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6072 6073 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 6074 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 6075 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 6076 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 6077 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 6078 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 6079 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 6080 6081 if (FnBodyScope) 6082 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 6083 6084 // Check the validity of our function parameters 6085 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 6086 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 6087 6088 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 6089 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 6090 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 6091 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 6092 6093 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 6094 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 6095 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 6096 6097 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 6098 } 6099 } 6100 6101 // Checking attributes of current function definition 6102 // dllimport attribute. 6103 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6104 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 6105 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 6106 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 6107 if (!DA->isInherited() && 6108 !(LangOpts.Microsoft && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 6109 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6110 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 6111 << "dllimport"; 6112 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6113 return FD; 6114 } 6115 6116 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 6117 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 6118 if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) { 6119 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 6120 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 6121 // emitted. 6122 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6123 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 6124 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 6125 } 6126 } 6127 return FD; 6128} 6129 6130/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 6131/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 6132/// optimization. 6133/// 6134/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 6135/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 6136/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 6137/// use the named return value optimization. 6138/// 6139/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 6140/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 6141/// the NRVO variable. 6142/// 6143/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 6144/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 6145/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 6146static void ComputeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 6147 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 6148 6149 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 6150 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 6151 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 6152 return; 6153 6154 if (!NRVOCandidate) 6155 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 6156 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 6157 return; 6158 } 6159 6160 if (NRVOCandidate) 6161 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 6162} 6163 6164Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 6165 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 6166} 6167 6168Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 6169 bool IsInstantiation) { 6170 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 6171 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 6172 if (FunTmpl) 6173 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 6174 else 6175 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 6176 6177 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 6178 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 6179 6180 if (FD) { 6181 FD->setBody(Body); 6182 if (FD->isMain()) { 6183 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0. 6184 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 6185 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 6186 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 6187 } 6188 6189 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6190 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 6191 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 6192 FD->getResultType(), FD); 6193 6194 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 6195 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 6196 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 6197 6198 ComputeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 6199 } 6200 6201 assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); 6202 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 6203 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 6204 MD->setBody(Body); 6205 if (Body) 6206 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 6207 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6208 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 6209 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 6210 MD->getResultType(), MD); 6211 } 6212 } else { 6213 return 0; 6214 } 6215 6216 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 6217 if (Body) { 6218 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 6219 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 6220 // Verify this. 6221 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 6222 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 6223 6224 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 6225 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 6226 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 6227 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 6228 !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction()) 6229 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 6230 6231 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 6232 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 6233 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 6234 6235 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 6236 Destructor->getParent()); 6237 } 6238 6239 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 6240 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 6241 // deletion in some later function. 6242 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 6243 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) 6244 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 6245 else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 6246 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 6247 // enabled. 6248 ActivePolicy = &WP; 6249 } 6250 6251 assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 6252 } 6253 6254 if (!IsInstantiation) 6255 PopDeclContext(); 6256 6257 PopFunctionOrBlockScope(ActivePolicy, dcl); 6258 6259 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 6260 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 6261 // deletion in some later function. 6262 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 6263 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 6264 6265 return dcl; 6266} 6267 6268/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 6269/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 6270NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 6271 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 6272 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 6273 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 6274 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 6275 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 6276 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 6277 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II); 6278 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 6279 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 6280 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6281 return Pos->second; 6282 } 6283 6284 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 6285 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 6286 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II; 6287 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 6288 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 6289 else 6290 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 6291 6292 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 6293 const char *Dummy; 6294 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 6295 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 6296 unsigned DiagID; 6297 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 6298 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 6299 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 6300 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 6301 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 6302 0, 0, true, SourceLocation(), 6303 EST_None, SourceLocation(), 6304 0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D), 6305 DS.getAttributes(), 6306 SourceLocation()); 6307 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 6308 6309 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 6310 6311 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 6312 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 6313 6314 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 6315 FD->setImplicit(); 6316 6317 CurContext = PrevDC; 6318 6319 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 6320 6321 return FD; 6322} 6323 6324/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 6325/// the declaration of this function. 6326/// 6327/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 6328/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 6329/// like NSLog or printf. 6330void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 6331 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6332 return; 6333 6334 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 6335 // actual attributes. 6336 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 6337 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 6338 unsigned FormatIdx; 6339 bool HasVAListArg; 6340 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 6341 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6342 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6343 "printf", FormatIdx+1, 6344 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 6345 } 6346 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 6347 HasVAListArg)) { 6348 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6349 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6350 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 6351 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 6352 } 6353 6354 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 6355 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 6356 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 6357 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 6358 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 6359 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 6360 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6361 } 6362 6363 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID)) 6364 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6365 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID)) 6366 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6367 } 6368 6369 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 6370 if (!Name) 6371 return; 6372 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6373 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 6374 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 6375 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 6376 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 6377 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 6378 // about. 6379 } else 6380 return; 6381 6382 if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { 6383 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific 6384 if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 6385 // FIXME: We known better than our headers. 6386 const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf"); 6387 } else 6388 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6389 "printf", 1, 6390 Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2)); 6391 } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 6392 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 6393 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 6394 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6395 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6396 "printf", 2, 6397 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 6398 } 6399} 6400 6401TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 6402 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 6403 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 6404 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 6405 6406 if (!TInfo) { 6407 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 6408 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 6409 } 6410 6411 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 6412 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 6413 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 6414 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6415 D.getIdentifier(), 6416 TInfo); 6417 6418 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 6419 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 6420 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 6421 return NewTD; 6422 } 6423 6424 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 6425 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 6426 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 6427 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 6428 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 6429 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 6430 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 6431 case TST_enum: 6432 case TST_struct: 6433 case TST_union: 6434 case TST_class: { 6435 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 6436 6437 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 6438 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 6439 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 6440 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 6441 6442 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 6443 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 6444 6445 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 6446 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 6447 break; 6448 6449 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 6450 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 6451 break; 6452 } 6453 6454 default: 6455 break; 6456 } 6457 6458 return NewTD; 6459} 6460 6461 6462/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 6463/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 6464/// 6465/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 6466bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 6467 TagTypeKind NewTag, 6468 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 6469 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 6470 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 6471 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 6472 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 6473 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 6474 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 6475 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 6476 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 6477 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 6478 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 6479 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 6480 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 6481 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 6482 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 6483 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 6484 if (OldTag == NewTag) 6485 return true; 6486 6487 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 6488 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 6489 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 6490 bool isTemplate = false; 6491 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 6492 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 6493 6494 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 6495 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 6496 << isTemplate << &Name 6497 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 6498 OldTag == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 6499 Diag(Previous->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6500 return true; 6501 } 6502 return false; 6503} 6504 6505/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 6506/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 6507/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 6508/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 6509Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 6510 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6511 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 6512 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 6513 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 6514 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 6515 bool ScopedEnum, bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 6516 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 6517 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 6518 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 6519 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 6520 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 6521 6522 OwnedDecl = false; 6523 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 6524 6525 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 6526 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6527 bool Invalid = false; 6528 6529 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 6530 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 6531 // for non-C++ cases. 6532 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 6533 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 6534 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 6535 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, SS, 6536 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 6537 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 6538 TUK == TUK_Friend, 6539 isExplicitSpecialization, 6540 Invalid)) { 6541 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6542 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 6543 // be a member of another template). 6544 6545 if (Invalid) 6546 return 0; 6547 6548 OwnedDecl = false; 6549 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 6550 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 6551 TemplateParams, AS, 6552 TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, 6553 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 6554 return Result.get(); 6555 } else { 6556 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 6557 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 6558 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 6559 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 6560 } 6561 } 6562 } 6563 6564 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 6565 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 6566 // redeclaration. 6567 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 6568 6569 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 6570 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 6571 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 6572 // type, default to int. 6573 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6574 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 6575 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 6576 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 6577 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 6578 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 6579 EnumUnderlying = TI; 6580 6581 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 6582 6583 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) { 6584 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) 6585 << T; 6586 // Recover by falling back to int. 6587 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6588 } 6589 6590 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(UnderlyingLoc, TI, 6591 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 6592 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6593 6594 } else if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 6595 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 6596 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6597 } 6598 6599 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 6600 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 6601 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 6602 6603 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 6604 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 6605 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 6606 6607 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 6608 6609 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 6610 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 6611 6612 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 6613 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 6614 Name = 0; 6615 goto CreateNewDecl; 6616 } 6617 6618 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 6619 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 6620 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 6621 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 6622 if (!DC) { 6623 IsDependent = true; 6624 return 0; 6625 } 6626 } else { 6627 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 6628 if (!DC) { 6629 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 6630 << SS.getRange(); 6631 return 0; 6632 } 6633 } 6634 6635 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 6636 return 0; 6637 6638 SearchDC = DC; 6639 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 6640 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 6641 6642 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 6643 return 0; 6644 6645 if (Previous.empty()) { 6646 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 6647 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 6648 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 6649 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 6650 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 6651 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 6652 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 6653 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 6654 IsDependent = true; 6655 return 0; 6656 } 6657 6658 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 6659 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 6660 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 6661 Name = 0; 6662 Invalid = true; 6663 goto CreateNewDecl; 6664 } 6665 } else if (Name) { 6666 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 6667 // declaration or definition. 6668 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 6669 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 6670 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 6671 LookupName(Previous, S); 6672 6673 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 6674 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 6675 return 0; 6676 6677 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 6678 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 6679 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 6680 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 6681 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 6682 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 6683 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 6684 } 6685 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 6686 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 6687 // initial context to the translation unit. 6688 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 6689 } 6690 6691 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6692 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 6693 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6694 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 6695 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6696 Previous.clear(); 6697 } 6698 6699 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 6700 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 6701 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 6702 isStdBadAlloc = true; 6703 6704 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 6705 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 6706 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 6707 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 6708 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 6709 } 6710 } 6711 6712 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 6713 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 6714 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 6715 // there's a shadow friend decl. 6716 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 6717 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 6718 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 6719 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 6720 6721 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 6722 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 6723 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 6724 // 6725 // class-key identifier 6726 // 6727 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 6728 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 6729 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 6730 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 6731 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 6732 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 6733 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 6734 // declaration. 6735 // 6736 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 6737 // C structs and unions. 6738 // 6739 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 6740 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 6741 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 6742 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 6743 // 6744 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 6745 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 6746 // 6747 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 6748 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 6749 // lexical context, 6750 while (SearchDC->isRecord() || SearchDC->isTransparentContext()) 6751 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 6752 6753 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 6754 while (S->isClassScope() || 6755 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6756 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 6757 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 6758 (S->getEntity() && 6759 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 6760 S = S->getParent(); 6761 } else { 6762 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 6763 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 6764 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 6765 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 6766 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 6767 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 6768 } 6769 6770 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 6771 // diagnose some problems. 6772 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6773 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 6774 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 6775 } 6776 } 6777 6778 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6779 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 6780 6781 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 6782 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 6783 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 6784 // in C++. 6785 // 6786 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 6787 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 6788 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 6789 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 6790 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6791 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6792 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 6793 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 6794 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 6795 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 6796 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 6797 PrevDecl = Tag; 6798 Previous.clear(); 6799 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 6800 Previous.resolveKind(); 6801 } 6802 } 6803 } 6804 } 6805 6806 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6807 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 6808 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 6809 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 6810 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 6811 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 6812 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 6813 // struct or something similar. 6814 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, KWLoc, *Name)) { 6815 bool SafeToContinue 6816 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 6817 Kind != TTK_Enum); 6818 if (SafeToContinue) 6819 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 6820 << Name 6821 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 6822 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 6823 else 6824 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 6825 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6826 6827 if (SafeToContinue) 6828 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 6829 else { 6830 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 6831 Name = 0; 6832 Previous.clear(); 6833 Invalid = true; 6834 } 6835 } 6836 6837 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 6838 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 6839 6840 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 6841 // returning the previous declaration. 6842 if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) { 6843 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 6844 << PrevEnum->isScoped(); 6845 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6846 return PrevTagDecl; 6847 } 6848 else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 6849 QualType T; 6850 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 6851 T = TI->getType(); 6852 else 6853 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0); 6854 6855 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) { 6856 Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 6857 diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 6858 << T 6859 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType(); 6860 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6861 return PrevTagDecl; 6862 } 6863 } 6864 else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 6865 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 6866 << PrevEnum->isFixed(); 6867 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6868 return PrevTagDecl; 6869 } 6870 } 6871 6872 if (!Invalid) { 6873 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 6874 6875 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 6876 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 6877 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 6878 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 6879 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && !PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind()) || 6880 TUK == TUK_Friend) 6881 return PrevTagDecl; 6882 6883 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 6884 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 6885 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 6886 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 6887 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 6888 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 6889 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 6890 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 6891 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 6892 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 6893 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 6894 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6895 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 6896 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 6897 // references get the previous definition. 6898 Name = 0; 6899 Previous.clear(); 6900 Invalid = true; 6901 } 6902 } else { 6903 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 6904 // about a nested redefinition. 6905 const TagType *Tag 6906 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 6907 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 6908 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 6909 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 6910 diag::note_previous_definition); 6911 Name = 0; 6912 Previous.clear(); 6913 Invalid = true; 6914 } 6915 } 6916 6917 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 6918 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 6919 } 6920 } 6921 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 6922 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 6923 6924 } else { 6925 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 6926 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 6927 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 6928 // have distinct types. 6929 Previous.clear(); 6930 } 6931 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 6932 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 6933 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 6934 6935 6936 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 6937 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 6938 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 6939 } else { 6940 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus); 6941 6942 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 6943 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 6944 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 6945 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 6946 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 6947 unsigned Kind = 0; 6948 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6949 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 6950 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 6951 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 6952 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 6953 Invalid = true; 6954 6955 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 6956 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 6957 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 6958 // do nothing 6959 6960 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 6961 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 6962 unsigned Kind = 0; 6963 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6964 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 6965 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 6966 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 6967 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 6968 Invalid = true; 6969 6970 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 6971 // case here. 6972 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6973 unsigned Kind = 0; 6974 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6975 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 6976 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 6977 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 6978 Invalid = true; 6979 6980 // Otherwise, diagnose. 6981 } else { 6982 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 6983 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 6984 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 6985 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6986 Name = 0; 6987 Invalid = true; 6988 } 6989 6990 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 6991 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 6992 Previous.clear(); 6993 } 6994 } 6995 6996CreateNewDecl: 6997 6998 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 6999 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 7000 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 7001 7002 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 7003 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 7004 // keyword. 7005 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 7006 7007 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 7008 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 7009 // PrevDecl. 7010 TagDecl *New; 7011 7012 bool IsForwardReference = false; 7013 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 7014 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 7015 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 7016 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7017 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 7018 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 7019 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 7020 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 7021 TagDecl *Def; 7022 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 7023 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 7024 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 7025 } 7026 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 7027 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 7028 << New; 7029 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7030 } else { 7031 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 7032 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 7033 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 7034 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7035 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 7036 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 7037 7038 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 7039 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 7040 // the declaration context. 7041 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 7042 IsForwardReference = true; 7043 } 7044 } 7045 7046 if (EnumUnderlying) { 7047 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 7048 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 7049 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 7050 else 7051 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 7052 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 7053 } 7054 7055 } else { 7056 // struct/union/class 7057 7058 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 7059 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 7060 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7061 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 7062 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7063 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 7064 7065 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 7066 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 7067 } else 7068 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7069 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 7070 } 7071 7072 // Maybe add qualifier info. 7073 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 7074 if (SS.isSet()) { 7075 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 7076 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 7077 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7078 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 7079 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 7080 } 7081 } 7082 else 7083 Invalid = true; 7084 } 7085 7086 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 7087 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 7088 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 7089 // 7090 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 7091 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 7092 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 7093 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 7094 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 7095 // parsing of the struct). 7096 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 7097 } 7098 7099 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 7100 // check the specialization. 7101 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 7102 Invalid = true; 7103 7104 if (Invalid) 7105 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7106 7107 if (Attr) 7108 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 7109 7110 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 7111 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 7112 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7113 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 7114 7115 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 7116 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 7117 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7118 7119 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 7120 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 7121 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty()); 7122 7123 // Set the access specifier. 7124 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 7125 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 7126 7127 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 7128 New->startDefinition(); 7129 7130 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 7131 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 7132 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 7133 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 7134 if (PrevDecl) 7135 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 7136 7137 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 7138 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 7139 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 7140 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 7141 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 7142 } else if (Name) { 7143 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 7144 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 7145 if (IsForwardReference) 7146 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 7147 7148 } else { 7149 CurContext->addDecl(New); 7150 } 7151 7152 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 7153 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 7154 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 7155 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 7156 II->isStr("FILE")) 7157 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 7158 7159 OwnedDecl = true; 7160 return New; 7161} 7162 7163void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 7164 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7165 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7166 7167 // Enter the tag context. 7168 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 7169} 7170 7171void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7172 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 7173 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 7174 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7175 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 7176 7177 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 7178 7179 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 7180 return; 7181 7182 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 7183 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 7184 7185 // C++ [class]p2: 7186 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 7187 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 7188 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 7189 // as if it were a public member name. 7190 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 7191 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 7192 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 7193 Record->getIdentifier(), 7194 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 7195 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 7196 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 7197 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 7198 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 7199 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 7200 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 7201 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 7202 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 7203 "Broken injected-class-name"); 7204} 7205 7206void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7207 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 7208 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7209 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7210 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 7211 7212 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 7213 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 7214 7215 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 7216 PopDeclContext(); 7217 7218 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 7219 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 7220} 7221 7222void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 7223 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7224 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7225 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 7226 7227 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 7228 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 7229 // the FieldCollector. 7230 7231 PopDeclContext(); 7232} 7233 7234// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 7235bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7236 QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth, 7237 bool *ZeroWidth) { 7238 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 7239 if (ZeroWidth) 7240 *ZeroWidth = true; 7241 7242 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 7243 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 7244 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 7245 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 7246 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 7247 return true; 7248 if (FieldName) 7249 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 7250 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 7251 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 7252 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 7253 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 7254 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 7255 return true; 7256 7257 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 7258 // it now. 7259 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 7260 return false; 7261 7262 llvm::APSInt Value; 7263 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) 7264 return true; 7265 7266 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 7267 *ZeroWidth = false; 7268 7269 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 7270 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 7271 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 7272 7273 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 7274 if (FieldName) 7275 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 7276 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 7277 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 7278 << Value.toString(10); 7279 } 7280 7281 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 7282 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 7283 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 7284 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7285 if (FieldName) 7286 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7287 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 7288 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7289 7290 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7291 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7292 } 7293 7294 if (FieldName) 7295 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7296 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 7297 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7298 else 7299 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7300 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7301 } 7302 } 7303 7304 return false; 7305} 7306 7307/// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order 7308/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 7309Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7310 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7311 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { 7312 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 7313 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 7314 AS_public); 7315 return Res; 7316} 7317 7318/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 7319/// 7320FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 7321 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7322 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 7323 AccessSpecifier AS) { 7324 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 7325 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 7326 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 7327 7328 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7329 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7330 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7331 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 7332 7333 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 7334 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 7335 D.setInvalidType(); 7336 T = Context.IntTy; 7337 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 7338 } 7339 } 7340 7341 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 7342 7343 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 7344 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 7345 7346 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 7347 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 7348 LookupName(Previous, S); 7349 assert((Previous.empty() || Previous.isOverloadedResult() || 7350 Previous.isSingleResult()) 7351 && "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null"); 7352 7353 // If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result 7354 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.isOverloadedResult() ? 7355 Previous.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 7356 7357 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7358 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7359 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 7360 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7361 PrevDecl = 0; 7362 } 7363 7364 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 7365 PrevDecl = 0; 7366 7367 bool Mutable 7368 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 7369 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7370 FieldDecl *NewFD 7371 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, TSSL, 7372 AS, PrevDecl, &D); 7373 7374 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7375 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7376 7377 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 7378 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 7379 // with the same name in the same scope. 7380 } else if (II) { 7381 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 7382 } else 7383 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 7384 7385 return NewFD; 7386} 7387 7388/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 7389/// 7390/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 7391/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 7392/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 7393/// created. 7394/// 7395/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 7396/// 7397/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 7398FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 7399 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7400 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 7401 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 7402 SourceLocation TSSL, 7403 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 7404 Declarator *D) { 7405 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 7406 bool InvalidDecl = false; 7407 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 7408 7409 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 7410 // marking this declaration as invalid. 7411 if (T.isNull()) { 7412 InvalidDecl = true; 7413 T = Context.IntTy; 7414 } 7415 7416 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 7417 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 7418 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 7419 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 7420 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7421 InvalidDecl = true; 7422 } 7423 7424 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 7425 // than a variably modified type. 7426 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7427 bool SizeIsNegative; 7428 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7429 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 7430 SizeIsNegative, 7431 Oversized); 7432 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 7433 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7434 T = FixedTy; 7435 } else { 7436 if (SizeIsNegative) 7437 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 7438 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 7439 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 7440 << Oversized.toString(10); 7441 else 7442 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 7443 InvalidDecl = true; 7444 } 7445 } 7446 7447 // Fields can not have abstract class types 7448 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 7449 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7450 AbstractFieldType)) 7451 InvalidDecl = true; 7452 7453 bool ZeroWidth = false; 7454 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 7455 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth && 7456 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) { 7457 InvalidDecl = true; 7458 BitWidth = 0; 7459 ZeroWidth = false; 7460 } 7461 7462 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 7463 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 7464 unsigned DiagID = 0; 7465 if (T->isReferenceType()) 7466 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 7467 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 7468 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 7469 7470 if (DiagID) { 7471 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 7472 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 7473 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 7474 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 7475 Mutable = false; 7476 InvalidDecl = true; 7477 } 7478 } 7479 7480 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 7481 BitWidth, Mutable); 7482 if (InvalidDecl) 7483 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7484 7485 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7486 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 7487 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7488 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7489 } 7490 7491 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7492 if (Record->isUnion()) { 7493 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7494 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 7495 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 7496 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 7497 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 7498 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 7499 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 7500 // objects. 7501 // TODO: C++0x alters this restriction significantly. 7502 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 7503 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7504 } 7505 } 7506 7507 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 7508 // the program is ill-formed. 7509 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 7510 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 7511 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 7512 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7513 } 7514 } 7515 } 7516 7517 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 7518 // representation, not a parser representation. 7519 if (D) 7520 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 7521 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 7522 7523 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 7524 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 7525 7526 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 7527 return NewFD; 7528} 7529 7530bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 7531 assert(FD); 7532 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 7533 7534 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7535 return true; 7536 7537 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 7538 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7539 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 7540 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 7541 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 7542 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 7543 // copy constructors. 7544 7545 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 7546 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 7547 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 7548 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialConstructor()) 7549 member = CXXConstructor; 7550 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 7551 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 7552 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 7553 member = CXXDestructor; 7554 7555 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 7556 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 7557 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 7558 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 7559 return true; 7560 } 7561 } 7562 } 7563 7564 return false; 7565} 7566 7567/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 7568/// special member, figure out why. 7569void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 7570 QualType QT(T, 0U); 7571 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 7572 7573 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 7574 switch (member) { 7575 case CXXInvalid: 7576 break; 7577 7578 case CXXConstructor: 7579 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 7580 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 7581 for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){ 7582 const FunctionDecl *body = 0; 7583 ci->hasBody(body); 7584 if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) { 7585 SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); 7586 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7587 return; 7588 } 7589 } 7590 7591 assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors"); 7592 return; 7593 } 7594 break; 7595 7596 case CXXCopyConstructor: 7597 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 7598 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 7599 RD->getCopyConstructor(Context, 0)->getLocation(); 7600 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7601 return; 7602 } 7603 break; 7604 7605 case CXXCopyAssignment: 7606 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 7607 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 7608 // assignment, not the type. 7609 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7610 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7611 return; 7612 } 7613 break; 7614 7615 case CXXDestructor: 7616 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 7617 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 7618 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7619 return; 7620 } 7621 break; 7622 } 7623 7624 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 7625 7626 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 7627 // but not trivial destruction. 7628 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 7629 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 7630 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 7631 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 7632 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 7633 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7634 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 7635 return; 7636 } 7637 7638 // Check for virtual methods. 7639 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 7640 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 7641 ++mi) { 7642 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 7643 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7644 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 7645 return; 7646 } 7647 } 7648 } 7649 7650 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 7651 switch (member) { 7652 case CXXConstructor: 7653 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialConstructor; break; 7654 case CXXCopyConstructor: 7655 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 7656 case CXXCopyAssignment: 7657 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 7658 case CXXDestructor: 7659 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 7660 default: 7661 assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return; 7662 } 7663 7664 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 7665 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 7666 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 7667 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 7668 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 7669 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 7670 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7671 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 7672 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 7673 return; 7674 } 7675 } 7676 7677 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 7678 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 7679 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 7680 ++fi) { 7681 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 7682 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7683 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 7684 7685 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 7686 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 7687 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 7688 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 7689 return; 7690 } 7691 } 7692 } 7693 7694 assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 7695} 7696 7697/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 7698/// AST enum value. 7699static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 7700TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 7701 switch (ivarVisibility) { 7702 default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); 7703 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 7704 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 7705 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 7706 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 7707 } 7708} 7709 7710/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 7711/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 7712Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 7713 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7714 Decl *IntfDecl, 7715 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, 7716 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 7717 7718 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 7719 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 7720 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 7721 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 7722 7723 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 7724 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 7725 7726 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7727 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7728 7729 if (BitWidth) { 7730 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 7731 if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { 7732 D.setInvalidType(); 7733 BitWidth = 0; 7734 } 7735 } else { 7736 // Not a bitfield. 7737 7738 // validate II. 7739 7740 } 7741 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 7742 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 7743 D.setInvalidType(); 7744 } 7745 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 7746 // than a variably modified type. 7747 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7748 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 7749 D.setInvalidType(); 7750 } 7751 7752 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 7753 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 7754 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 7755 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 7756 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 7757 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(IntfDecl); 7758 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 7759 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 7760 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7761 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 7762 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 7763 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 7764 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 7765 } 7766 else 7767 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 7768 } else { 7769 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 7770 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7771 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 7772 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 7773 return 0; 7774 } 7775 } 7776 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 7777 } 7778 7779 // Construct the decl. 7780 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 7781 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 7782 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 7783 7784 if (II) { 7785 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 7786 ForRedeclaration); 7787 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 7788 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7789 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 7790 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7791 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 7792 } 7793 } 7794 7795 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 7796 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 7797 7798 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7799 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 7800 7801 if (II) { 7802 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 7803 // these to the interface. 7804 S->AddDecl(NewID); 7805 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 7806 } 7807 7808 return NewID; 7809} 7810 7811/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 7812/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 7813/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 7814/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 7815void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 7816 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 7817 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 7818 return; 7819 7820 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 7821 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 7822 7823 if (!Ivar->isBitField()) 7824 return; 7825 uint64_t BitFieldSize = 7826 Ivar->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue(); 7827 if (BitFieldSize == 0) 7828 return; 7829 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 7830 if (!ID) { 7831 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7832 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 7833 return; 7834 } 7835 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 7836 else 7837 return; 7838 } 7839 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 7840 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy), 0); 7841 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.CharTy, DeclLoc); 7842 7843 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl), 7844 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 7845 Context.CharTy, 7846 Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy), 7847 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 7848 true); 7849 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 7850} 7851 7852void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 7853 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 7854 Decl **Fields, unsigned NumFields, 7855 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 7856 AttributeList *Attr) { 7857 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 7858 7859 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 7860 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 7861 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7862 // FIXME: Deallocate fields? 7863 return; 7864 } 7865 7866 7867 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 7868 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 7869 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 7870 7871 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 7872 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { 7873 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i]); 7874 7875 // Get the type for the field. 7876 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 7877 7878 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 7879 // Remember all fields written by the user. 7880 RecFields.push_back(FD); 7881 } 7882 7883 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 7884 // diagnostics about it. 7885 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7886 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7887 continue; 7888 } 7889 7890 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 7891 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 7892 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 7893 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 7894 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 7895 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 7896 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 7897 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 7898 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 7899 // array. 7900 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 7901 // Field declared as a function. 7902 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 7903 << FD->getDeclName(); 7904 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7905 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7906 continue; 7907 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 7908 ((i == NumFields - 1 && !Record->isUnion()) || 7909 ((getLangOptions().Microsoft || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) && 7910 (i == NumFields - 1 || Record->isUnion())))) { 7911 // Flexible array member. 7912 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 7913 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 7914 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 7915 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 7916 if (Record->isUnion()) 7917 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 7918 << FD->getDeclName(); 7919 else if (NumFields == 1) 7920 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 7921 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 7922 } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7923 if (Record->isUnion()) 7924 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 7925 << FD->getDeclName(); 7926 else if (NumFields == 1) 7927 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 7928 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 7929 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 7930 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 7931 << FD->getDeclName(); 7932 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7933 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7934 continue; 7935 } 7936 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 7937 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType())->isPODType()) { 7938 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 7939 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 7940 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7941 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7942 continue; 7943 } 7944 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 7945 if (Record) 7946 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7947 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 7948 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 7949 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 7950 // Incomplete type 7951 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7952 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7953 continue; 7954 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7955 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 7956 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 7957 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 7958 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7959 } else { 7960 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 7961 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 7962 // structures. 7963 if (i != NumFields-1) 7964 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 7965 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 7966 else { 7967 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 7968 // other structs as an extension. 7969 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 7970 << FD->getDeclName(); 7971 if (Record) 7972 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7973 } 7974 } 7975 } 7976 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 7977 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7978 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 7979 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 7980 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 7981 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7982 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7983 continue; 7984 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 7985 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC && 7986 Record && 7987 (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 7988 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())) 7989 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7990 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 7991 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 7992 if (Record && BaseType->isRecordType() && 7993 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 7994 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7995 } 7996 // Keep track of the number of named members. 7997 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 7998 ++NumNamedMembers; 7999 } 8000 8001 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 8002 if (Record) { 8003 bool Completed = false; 8004 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 8005 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 8006 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 8007 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 8008 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 8009 I != E; ++I) 8010 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 8011 8012 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 8013 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 8014 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 8015 8016 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 8017 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 8018 // problem now. 8019 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 8020 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 8021 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 8022 8023 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 8024 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 8025 M != MEnd; ++M) { 8026 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 8027 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 8028 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 8029 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 8030 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 8031 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 8032 continue; 8033 8034 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 8035 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 8036 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 8037 // program is ill-formed. 8038 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 8039 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 8040 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 8041 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 8042 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 8043 OM = SO->second.begin(), 8044 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 8045 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 8046 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 8047 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 8048 8049 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 8050 } 8051 } 8052 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 8053 Completed = true; 8054 } 8055 } 8056 } 8057 } 8058 8059 if (!Completed) 8060 Record->completeDefinition(); 8061 } else { 8062 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 8063 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 8064 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8065 ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); 8066 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 8067 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 8068 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 8069 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 8070 } 8071 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 8072 // duplicates. 8073 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 8074 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 8075 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 8076 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8077 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 8078 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 8079 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 8080 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 8081 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 8082 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 8083 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 8084 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8085 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 8086 // reported as errors elsewhere. 8087 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 8088 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 8089 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 8090 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 8091 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 8092 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 8093 } 8094 } 8095 } 8096 8097 if (Attr) 8098 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 8099 8100 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 8101 // set the visibility of this record. 8102 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 8103 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 8104} 8105 8106/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 8107/// the given type T. 8108static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 8109 llvm::APSInt &Value, 8110 QualType T) { 8111 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 8112 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 8113 8114 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 8115 if (T->isSignedIntegerType()) 8116 --BitWidth; 8117 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 8118 } 8119 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 8120} 8121 8122// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 8123// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 8124static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 8125 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 8126 // enum checking below. 8127 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 8128 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 8129 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 8130 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 8131 }; 8132 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 8133 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 8134 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 8135 }; 8136 8137 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 8138 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerType()? SignedIntegralTypes 8139 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 8140 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 8141 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 8142 return Types[I]; 8143 8144 return QualType(); 8145} 8146 8147EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 8148 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 8149 SourceLocation IdLoc, 8150 IdentifierInfo *Id, 8151 Expr *Val) { 8152 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 8153 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 8154 QualType EltTy; 8155 8156 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 8157 Val = 0; 8158 8159 if (Val) { 8160 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 8161 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 8162 else { 8163 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 8164 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 8165 if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 8166 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { 8167 Val = 0; 8168 } else { 8169 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8170 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 8171 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 8172 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 8173 // representable as an int. 8174 8175 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 8176 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 8177 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 8178 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 8179 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 8180 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 8181 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 8182 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8183 } 8184 } 8185 8186 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8187 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8188 8189 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8190 // ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be 8191 // represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed. 8192 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 8193 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 8194 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 8195 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8196 } else 8197 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) 8198 << EltTy; 8199 } else 8200 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8201 } 8202 else { 8203 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8204 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8205 // is the type of its initializing value: 8206 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 8207 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 8208 EltTy = Val->getType(); 8209 } 8210 } 8211 } 8212 } 8213 8214 if (!Val) { 8215 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 8216 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 8217 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 8218 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8219 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8220 // is the type of its initializing value: 8221 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 8222 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 8223 // 8224 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 8225 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 8226 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8227 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8228 } 8229 else { 8230 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 8231 } 8232 } else { 8233 // Assign the last value + 1. 8234 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8235 ++EnumVal; 8236 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 8237 8238 // Check for overflow on increment. 8239 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 8240 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8241 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8242 // is the type of its initializing value: 8243 // 8244 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 8245 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 8246 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 8247 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 8248 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 8249 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 8250 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 8251 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 8252 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 8253 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 8254 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8255 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 8256 ++EnumVal; 8257 if (Enum->isFixed()) 8258 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 8259 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 8260 << EnumVal.toString(10) 8261 << EltTy; 8262 else 8263 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 8264 << EnumVal.toString(10); 8265 } else { 8266 EltTy = T; 8267 } 8268 8269 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 8270 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 8271 // value, then increment. 8272 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8273 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 8274 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 8275 ++EnumVal; 8276 8277 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 8278 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 8279 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 8280 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 8281 // integral type. 8282 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 8283 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 8284 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 8285 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 8286 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 8287 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 8288 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 8289 } 8290 } 8291 } 8292 8293 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 8294 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 8295 // enumerator's type. 8296 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 8297 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 8298 } 8299 8300 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 8301 Val, EnumVal); 8302} 8303 8304 8305Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 8306 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 8307 AttributeList *Attr, 8308 SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { 8309 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 8310 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 8311 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 8312 Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); 8313 8314 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 8315 // we find one that is. 8316 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 8317 8318 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 8319 // scope. 8320 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 8321 ForRedeclaration); 8322 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 8323 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8324 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 8325 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8326 PrevDecl = 0; 8327 } 8328 8329 if (PrevDecl) { 8330 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 8331 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 8332 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 8333 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 8334 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 8335 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 8336 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 8337 else 8338 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 8339 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8340 return 0; 8341 } 8342 } 8343 8344 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 8345 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 8346 // name different from T: 8347 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 8348 // type 8349 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 8350 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 8351 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 8352 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 8353 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 8354 8355 EnumConstantDecl *New = 8356 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 8357 8358 if (New) { 8359 // Process attributes. 8360 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 8361 8362 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 8363 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 8364 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 8365 } 8366 8367 return New; 8368} 8369 8370void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 8371 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 8372 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 8373 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 8374 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 8375 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 8376 8377 if (Attr) 8378 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 8379 8380 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 8381 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8382 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 8383 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8384 if (!ECD) continue; 8385 8386 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8387 } 8388 8389 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 8390 return; 8391 } 8392 8393 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 8394 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 8395 // emit a warning. 8396 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 8397 unsigned CharWidth = Context.Target.getCharWidth(); 8398 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.Target.getShortWidth(); 8399 8400 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 8401 // reverse the list. 8402 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 8403 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 8404 8405 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 8406 bool AllElementsInt = true; 8407 8408 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8409 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 8410 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8411 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 8412 8413 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 8414 8415 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 8416 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 8417 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 8418 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 8419 else 8420 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 8421 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 8422 8423 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 8424 if (AllElementsInt) 8425 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 8426 } 8427 8428 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 8429 QualType BestType; 8430 unsigned BestWidth; 8431 8432 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 8433 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 8434 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 8435 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 8436 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 8437 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 8438 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 8439 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 8440 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 8441 QualType BestPromotionType; 8442 8443 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 8444 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 8445 // enum definitions. 8446 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 8447 Packed = true; 8448 8449 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8450 BestType = BestPromotionType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8451 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 8452 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 8453 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 8454 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8455 } 8456 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 8457 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 8458 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 8459 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 8460 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 8461 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 8462 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8463 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 8464 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 8465 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 8466 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 8467 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 8468 BestType = Context.IntTy; 8469 BestWidth = IntWidth; 8470 } else { 8471 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); 8472 8473 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 8474 BestType = Context.LongTy; 8475 } else { 8476 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 8477 8478 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 8479 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 8480 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 8481 } 8482 } 8483 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 8484 } else { 8485 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 8486 // all of the enumerator values. 8487 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 8488 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 8489 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 8490 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 8491 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8492 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 8493 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 8494 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 8495 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 8496 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 8497 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 8498 BestWidth = IntWidth; 8499 BestPromotionType 8500 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8501 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 8502 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 8503 (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { 8504 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 8505 BestPromotionType 8506 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8507 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 8508 } else { 8509 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 8510 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 8511 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 8512 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 8513 BestPromotionType 8514 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8515 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 8516 } 8517 } 8518 8519 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 8520 // the type of the enum if needed. 8521 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8522 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8523 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 8524 8525 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 8526 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 8527 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 8528 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 8529 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 8530 8531 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 8532 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 8533 8534 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 8535 // the enum decl type. 8536 QualType NewTy; 8537 unsigned NewWidth; 8538 bool NewSign; 8539 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 8540 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 8541 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 8542 NewWidth = IntWidth; 8543 NewSign = true; 8544 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 8545 // Already the right type! 8546 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8547 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 8548 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 8549 // enumeration. 8550 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8551 continue; 8552 } else { 8553 NewTy = BestType; 8554 NewWidth = BestWidth; 8555 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerType(); 8556 } 8557 8558 // Adjust the APSInt value. 8559 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 8560 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 8561 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 8562 8563 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 8564 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 8565 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 8566 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 8567 CK_IntegralCast, 8568 ECD->getInitExpr(), 8569 /*base paths*/ 0, 8570 VK_RValue)); 8571 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8572 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 8573 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 8574 // enumeration. 8575 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8576 else 8577 ECD->setType(NewTy); 8578 } 8579 8580 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 8581 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 8582} 8583 8584Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 8585 SourceLocation StartLoc, 8586 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 8587 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 8588 8589 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 8590 AsmString, StartLoc, 8591 EndLoc); 8592 CurContext->addDecl(New); 8593 return New; 8594} 8595 8596void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 8597 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 8598 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 8599 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 8600 8601 if (PrevDecl) { 8602 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 8603 } else { 8604 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 8605 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 8606 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 8607 } 8608} 8609 8610void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 8611 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 8612 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 8613 SourceLocation NameLoc, 8614 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 8615 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 8616 LookupOrdinaryName); 8617 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 8618 8619 if (PrevDecl) { 8620 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 8621 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 8622 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 8623 } else { 8624 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 8625 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 8626 } 8627} 8628